(navigation image)
Home American Libraries | Canadian Libraries | Universal Library | Community Texts | Project Gutenberg | Children's Library | Biodiversity Heritage Library | Additional Collections
Search: Advanced Search
Anonymous User (login or join us)
Upload
See other formats

Full text of "Melodies of joy : for radio and general use"

Walking the Glory Land Way 






£^F 



To oth-er8 who've wan-dered a-stray; 

a-stray; 



m 



Tell-ing the joy of sal • va-tion 



-A— <*- 



E l C F I r 



^-H p " tf u * 1 p^ g g g g £5 



IP 



S B j Js-J-jf,,-'?"' 1 ! 
gN g s - J b r ,* I 



^F^ 



Still wav-ing for lib - er - ty, 
Eeep-ing the flag of Hisglo-ry sweet-eat lib - er - ty, 



M^M J 




rtrr 



Shout-ing and sing-ing, joy-bells are ring-ing, ring-ing for you and me. 

for yon and me. 



E 



r TiZ Zz f g /Jj 



^m 



-#■ — ■ — m — p- 



9 f B E F^^ 



u u- 



f* 



No. 87 What Gould I Do Without Jesus? 

Copyright, 1942, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
J. R, B.,Jr. in "Blessed Hope" J. E. Baxter, 3ii 



| all 1 rXTTsQ ^t ^r a q i 



fe: 



1. What could I do with- out Je - sua Hordea of sin oft mo - lest? 

2. What could I do with- out Je - sua? I am ao weak and 8mafl, 

3. What could I do with- out Je - sua? Who would pro-tect my soul? 



'*$£= 



±± 



mm 



m 



I e c E E 



*& 



^^ J j' J jJd B 



£3 



1 



A / • Ail 



^ ^'J^. 



Where could I go 
Who would be my 
Who would guide me 



. u tt ,. I * ' i A g - g r^ -rt 



to find ref -uge?Where would my aoul find rest? 
el - der broth-er, Ban-som me from the fall? 
to the har - bor When the rough bil - lows roll? 



1 






I 



I MELODIES f 

II OF JOY ,1 

' ^M! i:Hii i!?'-'J l!l^ili!J L 'tUI' l l!i'i l 'T l! 'j | ''Jil' " I!' ! 'iiL !l ^JiL" | BH' jJ 'Jil ;i nT'- !| L l 'J bltllti! ' • ' 




1 



ig^*SlKl!BB!«»lli!!!!:BJ*S9!P*! 



jflfiiiiiLiiOT 

Dallas 8, Texas ItaBgbuu-n, Ark. Chattanooga 4, Te-oo. 

'■■'M$3^M^ A 'i!mA m? % 'Si Plii ' i!§»sH 






n n H R F1 H 



So. 00 I'm Bound for Thai Land 

Copyright, 1949, by Stamps-Baxter Music 4b Printing Co* 
J. L.S. r "Morning Light" JonnL. Shrada* 




1. There's a land be-yondtha rhr - or, Where my loved ones for mo watt; 

2. Soon I'll join the cho-rus aing-ing In that land where all is new, 
3.1 am go • inghome to-mor-row When I lay these bar • deni down, 




Boon we'll meet to part no never Just in - side the pearl - j gate. 
Gold -en harps will e'er be ringing When that hap-py land I view. 
I'll .be free from em and sor-row,And re-ceive a ebin-ing crown. 




I'm bound for that land be-yond the riv-er, Where friends and 

That hap-py land so fair. Where 

• «*r ■*•*■ -A" _ T*" 




loved ones for me wait; We'll sing and we'll shont np there for* 

friends and loved ones now wait] We'll sing and shont 



§Si 



EfcEfBetofcnfMfr-f 



> > ■,( * 



ifS-it 



;-b-t 



t^-i c g -^ -^-n^r- j 



s= 



^=^ 



£ 



u u u 






n/rr 

ev - er, When we meet there be - side the gate. 

some-where, When we meet there pearl-y gate. 



Melodies of Joy 





for 




RADIO 


and GENERAL USE 

•30 

OfttiL 


- 


AUTHORS: 


7* 


J. R. Baxter, Jr. 


V. O. Fossett 


Luther G. Presley ^^ rf<% 


W. Lee Higgins 


J. B. Coats 


Clyde Williams / TjT 


G. T. Speer 


W. Allan Sims 


B. B. Edmiaston / 


J. A. Collier 


Theodore Sisk 


John L. Shrader 


Lonnie B. Combs 


Dwight Brock 


B. E. Fulmer 


Wilbur Wilson 


Thos. J. Farris 


B. I. Cline 


Henry L. Thompson 


Ellis Short, Jr. 


Marion W. Easterling 


J. R, Varner 


Floyd E. Hunter 


W. W. Combsf 


Austin Williams 


W. M. DeVaughan 


P. B. Shaw 


W. L. Harmon 


' Horace A. Kennedy 


C. H. Culbreth 


Luther Shaw 


E. M. Latham 


Chas. E. Moody 


N. L. McBrayer 


Dodge Lucus 


S. L. Wallace 


Nolan T. Kimbrell 


Lynwood M. Smith 


W. Freeman Boatright 


W. Jarvis Maxey 


S. D. Bruton 


B. R. Bassel 


Walter E. Edmiaston 


A. H. Elliott 


Mrs. Wilbur Wilson 


Charles B. Atkins, Jr. 


Ira Stanphill 


Paul B. Collins 


Roy M. Stone 


Joe L. Arterbury 


Thurman H. Smith 


L. D. Bassett, Jr. 


W. J. Henry 


Monteene Slaughter 


Wesley Tucker 


Kenneth Fulkerson 


Mrs. Marvin Dennis 



SHAPE NOTES ONLY 




PRICE: 

50c a copy; $2.00 for five; $4.50 a dozen; $18.00 
for 50; $35.00 for 100 



Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Company 

Plate Makers — Printers — Publishers 
Dallas 8, Texas Pangburn, Arkansas Chattanooga 4, Tenn. 



Copyright, 1951, by Stamps-Baxter Music and Printing Company 



No. l~a 



Over In the Glory Land 



Copyright, 1949, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
P. E. H. in "Morning Light" Floyd E. Hnntef 



W l f 1 1 J i J J^ pfgl^ 



L When I cross the mys-tic sea, with my Sav - ior I shall be, O-ver 

2, What a hap - py time 'twill be when our loved ones we shall see, 

3. I am wait-ing for the day when all tears are wiped a - way, 



M 



mm 



£ 



I 



i:^=F=^=^ : 



rTl^V UT^ Ff 



-, 



£ 



p p p tr 



P 






* z c c & 



I the glo • ry land; He will keep me by His love 

For our com-ing they a -wait, 
Just o-ver in glo - ry Iand;Go with me to that sweet home. 




gE E fe w ~f~ f 




^Fr^^r 



r» f\j» 



*hhm^ 



F F \f S> &> P" 
D.S. — Come a -long and go with me, 

ft ft r> r> N_ft ft 



-9~Z3t 



J- 



3 



P^ 



3W 



Just o-ver in the glo - ry 1 



till I reach the home a'-'bove, 
there be-side the pearl - y gate, 
where no sor-rows ev - er come, O-ver in 



&m 



p— W~W=£ 

H It H f*- 



-(*-, 



U U U g 



fr=fe 



-fe> — ff— 1 



A-P-A-^ 



there to spend e • ter - ni - ty , 
Fine Chobus 



W r r ft* r 'I 



JJJJ- 



i 



3— * — ■* 



a i ^ ai * 



r cj* c ' httt- - g g g g - 



K 



land. Just o - ver in the glo - ry land, 

glo - ry land. Just o-ver in the glo - ry land, 



J-J. 



g * f I 



=1— *- 



i:5iffit±± 



-JL ? * 



^S 



JC 



* 



& 



T* 



-p-tr 



I 



^^ 



* 



i y — - *i -d J J ■ *i % 



I soon shall sing with that glad band; 

I soon shall sing with that glad band; 

j j J j sjv^ju a 



gi x 



# 



s 



-q— »- 



£=£=£=£ 



I 



No. 1 Happy in the Service 

Copyright, 1946, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
J. R. B., Jr. in "Rainbow Rays" J. r. Baxter, Jr. 




1. I am hap-py as on I go 

2. Lovelight brightly shines on my way, 

3. Join the pil-grim band go -ing home, 



Serving Christ my Lord, 

bless -ed Lord, 




Greatest blessing a-round me flow, 
I'd be bus -y both night and day 
From His wounded side nev - er roam , 



Serving Christ my 



rr-r 

Lord. 



g^fre^ 



bless - ed Lord. 



a 



*t 



^F-s- 



^=^=tc 



1 — r— r 



Chorus 



r& 



-D- 



?v^ 1 1 1- 

B ii ii ^ 



IE 



^r-tr 



-f* IT 

> 



I* F 



Hap - py in the ser- vice of my Lord, 

and win-ning grace and fa ■ vor, 



m 



i= 



^m 



=ft 



^=£=£ 



is 



atzzsc: 



Liv - ing ev - 'ry day in sweet ac- cord; 



1 1 ♦ A- 



r-tr ^ 



Jr 



with Christ my Lord and Sav - ior; 



£=£= E £ 



ti — F— IT 



i 



w- 



:«* 



2=3 H 



:^S 



4=a* 



it 



Jk H aI l! Al* «M g j 2 jH ej 13 S' N 

« r r 

I'll keep working till He says come, Hap-py in the service of my Lord. 

blessed Lord. 



S 



- gj-ad- Al 



No. 2. 



J. M. H. 



Not Far, Not Far! 

Copyright 1046, in "Visions of Victory" 
Owned by J. M. Henso.v, 



J. M. Hensoo. 



r -- (■»- U * 

1. They say there is a hap -py home. Where all the an-re!e are. And shall I 

2. They say there is a Bhin-ing crown, And Heaven's pate a-jar. Where I Bhall 

3. They say there is a throne of go[d,Wheresiiso tr Morning Star And no one 

dt£bfca^!siBsTzp=t==C=E2iz*=i=a=£^zzr:=Eizza=tizz»z3 



l> V 



V i 
Refkaib 



i4-— t— -^— ^pfq ^ — r %, F- : '; — r^-P — f^F-i-F?-*^ k= — c — 



to that Kingdom come? 

lay my ar-mor down, How f ar.ho w far.ho w fat? 

•v - er shall grow old, 



It's just as far. 



It's just as far 






inr 



.4* 



K« 



==^:*: 



T p- ^ (7 j, 17 -*■ . „ v U f P 5 * 

•8 Je-ens is, 9 He is mine ...and 

as Je-susis, He is mine 

--*.- -A- "A" *» A -A- 

- «- -■• -■ 1 tJ*_»_J": 






1_ ^_ __- -^ZZfi ".gi~^ "T^ 



*=N= 



u< y y ^ \/ y 



■=!-•- 



' u u * 



17-t^H^^ 

I am His; That bless-ed homo be-yoDdthe 

yes I am His; Ihat bless-ed home 






:^=i*zi"-r*=*=:a=3s: 



rit. 



:r=£f=====^, 



bar, li not far, not far, not far! 

be-yondthe bar, Not far, not far, 

-?- -™- -J" -(*[— - - ^ 

-V— — be — t; — I v " 






-fr- 



No. 3 His Blessed Name 

Copyright, 1943, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
Rev. E. B. Walden & B. B. E. in "Anchored Faith' ' C. M. Lyles 






3=d 



¥ 



z z zz ' v * 'zz^z * * ~ 

r of Je - sus' name," The name I 

. sal - va - tion comes To all who 

.your ver - y own, Let Him your 



1. "All hail thepow'r 

2. Thru this great name 

3. make Him now 



i» i * A A 



I 



:^ 



t£ 



^& 



s£ 






P^^fffP 



love so much to hear; It cleans-es me from ev - 'ry 

let Him en - ter in; The name of God's be-got - ten 

guide for - ev - er be, And then at last, in glo - ry- 




Era. 




trcr pt* 



D. S.— wan-d'ring soul, come seek Him 

Fine 






W 



r \^ r 'rwrtf 



UTrtrftr 



stain, And drives a - way each doubt and fear 

Son, Who died to save the world from sin 

land, With Him you'll dwell e - ter - nal - ly. 



l A f l A l A l A l A -f^T 



^ n/ ^...k g g g g g fl g 



JiCME 



£eee 



f 



i 



b U U U U P p b 



^ 



now, > E - ter - nal life in Him 

Chorus ft 



i££ 



found 



iM 



b i y 



m. 



^^ 



His biess - ed name has pow'r to save, 

His bless - ed name has pow'r to save, 



^~ 



JW* 



fcfc 



§ 



& 



-V- 



£ 



^=S=gl 



F= 



a a lhp 



D.S. 



b i y 



i 



3 H - ' g g Ep p? 



The de-mons trem - ble at the sound; 
The de-mons teem - ble the won-drous sound; 

1 s 



P=TFt 



i J J J J 



■ — i — 



£ 



J JJ J , J 



a 



^^ 



No. 4 



What of Your Shadow? 



Copyright, 1943, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
J.E.B..Jr. in "Anchored Faith" J. R. Baxter, Jr. 



^ffi 



i 



m 



m 



3E3 



W 



ff^ 



* 



♦iH 



^3 



1. As Pe-ter walked thru Old Je - ru - sa-lem They placed many sick by the 

2. The rea - son that Pe - ter was giv-en pow'r, He free-ly the Lord did o- 

3. Keep spotless and pure if you want to shine, The Sav-ior knows all that you 



SB 



g-LS - H rgr^^ 



f F r f F 



er e- 



g^S 



ffiE 



:g~I L ^_U s U s- bp=qg=p 



^ 






=r 



B 



± J ^ 



5=fc 



^E 



ft 



way, by the way, His shad-ow at least might give health to them, But', 
bey, did o - bey; Men still look for help in each try - ing hour, 
say, all you say; You want to spread glad-ness where souls re-pine, But 



S* 



{y\r}-pf^p^ 



m 



* SZZIa. 



S^hM-iNM 



^ 



i 



Chorus 



=£ 



-zst- 



^ — "^ — ^ 



TT "r "f *' f 



r^rT 



what of your shad-ow to-day? Shad - ow, 

you're mak-ing to - day? What of the shad-ow you 



% 



wss. 



m- g S 



P 



-l=P 



-H— P 



^^ 



r r r r r r 



H* r r r 




J J.'.jIf '^ r' iiU ii,)- 



shad - ow? What of your shadow to-day? Tou should ev-er be 

cast o'er the way? your shadow to - day? 



BEPPPPP 



A A m 



J-» 



pi-rriPfrnrp^ 




si 



true, men are look-ing to you, what of your shad-ow, I pray? 

ear-nest-ly pray? 

J J j 



frrht i l i ^fM^^ pi 



:zc 



c 



/ U U 



No. 5 



Walking With my King 



Copyright, 1942, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
Mrs. Geo. Wheeler in "Blessed Hope" B. L. Hovis 



P ^J V^^ F ^ 



ifefi 



s 



-fr-fv 



C RW 



fpt? 



1. While go-ing down life's wea-ry way, . 

2. Sometimes the road is rough and steep, . . 

3. pre - cious is this faith-ful friend, . . . 



My Sav - ior walks 

But He I know 

He'll go with me 




with me each day And guides me by His gen-tle hand, 

my soul will keep Till I pass thru the pearl-y gate . . 

on to the end, Then take me home to be at rest.. 



£=£=£ 



r » r * f * ( » r * 



rr rn — i 



W 



■**— \- 



\Z. am mi lzT 



--&=&- 



s=f 



u u u u 

Fine Chorus 



TTTT 




With Him I'll live in glo - ry land I'm walk-ing 

Where man-y loved ones for me wait 

On that bright shore with all the blest I'm walk-ing with 

1 J\£^? 




D. S. — And keep me in the nar-row way. 



A A I 



± 



m 



UU^4 



a i i 



^ i x 



a a gza 



P^ 



with my Lord and King, His praise I shall for-ey-er 

my Lord and King, Hispraisel shall 



£ 



1 x ,i JL^JJJ i *„ .1 J* J* J J 1 



Z= Z=^£ 



£ 



£E^ 



£* 



-fcM> 



D.S. 



fe£ 



£—3- 



iH 



ft— fV 



i J^^J'' 



9 



rg^ crTTifT ^ 



■S1-A. 



-=1— *- 



ffTf^^f 



sing; Close by my side He walks each day 

for ev-er sing;Close by my side He walks each day 



g^EE 



-r* m 



-v—v - 



u— u— u- 



1 5 

1 »*r 






^— «- 



- r * r i A g 

q £ k k k 

- U P I* u = 



I 



No. 6 



I am Now a Child of God 



Copyright, 1944, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
J. R. Baxter. Jr., Sug. F. E. McN. in "Grateful Praise" Floyd E. McNeill 



fcfeF=ft : 



m 



m^ 



=T 



-H I- P 



p=tefe£ 



±^hg=3 E 



3^= 



- *-J -J- 



^ — *~& 



1. I am now a child of God since He saved my soul And my feet no 

2. On the mountain peak of love I would pitch my tent So my feet no 

3. Let me la - bor all the day as I jour - ney here So my feet no 




more in sin must roam, 



m 



*»l — ~ — A A- 



Till I'm placed be-neath the sod 
I am look-ing now a-bove, 
from the path-way, I would hum-bly kneel and pray, 



g± 






S rt-f 



4 r- — m •■ -u — r — ►= — \s. — I 1 F — ^ 



S3 



& 



333 



Fine 



Chorus 



33 



lii 



^N^3=iE5S 



^ 



I'll His name ex - tol.Then I'll 

for my sins re - pent, Soon I'll praise Him in that heav'nly home. I am 

lay a - side all fear, Soon I'll 



/ ■ \. , a — |-a a a a — p* — * — a — * = t~ — i |-*n — =^i 



D.S^— It will lead me to that heav'nly home. 



J rmt — ■■ ma — ^ — 



Pg^l 



as 



w i* v .■ - - ^| a -^-g- 

now a child of God,hap-py on the way To the promised land a-cross the 




g=^^^=j =j^H=j=a 



foam, In the path the Mas-ter trod let me walk each day, 

o- ver Jor-dan, 



J 



P^g^rf 



rf 



IS & E 



u u y 



r? 



£e 



* 



No. 7 



L.G. P. 




Whisper My Name ]n Prayer 

:us 

I 1 



■oOpyright, 1937, by The Stamps-Baxter Music Co. 

"jUTHKRO. PRESLEY 



» 



ft ft 



m 



t*-^ng 



** 1 



&£ 



-. * ) A 1 - A t 



1. When yon steal a - way to Je-sus, (steal a-way to Jesus,)There to 

2. When you kneel. . .each day to thank Him, (kneel each day to thank Him)For the 

3. When you cross .... to yon - der ci - ty, (cross to yon-der ci - ty , )Leav-ing 

1 1 h ^ r J p p p r r 

, d m m a r^ *! a_aL_aI aL_^aL_aL_ 




% E E f^Tl j^f 



tell., 
bless 
me. . 



Him all your care; (your care;) As you talk to Him in 

ings that you share; (you share; )Don't forget. . . how much I 
in deep de-spair; (de-spair; ) As you clasp. .... the hand of 



i— — *- r — , r — ,. j — i Y'K- 

A A' J*- A A „ A_«, N» J J J A X 



S3 



-1 T-j 



£ 



*— P"- 



i i r 



D.S.— i 




XJ^JJ-* 



the Lord in love to 

ft 8 ft ft _K 



3p£^ 



^ 



— £ 

A AA — 



#=* 



■*»"*-* 



^ 



u u u 



Whisper my name. 



Be - cret,(talk to Him in se - cret,) 
love Him, (don't forget I love Him,) 
Je - bus, (clasp the hand of Je - sus,) Whisper my name, whisper my 



.A A, A 



SSSz 



EBE 



± 5^- 



W=t3± 



mrv 

3 



guide me, (ask the Lord to guide me,) 
Fine Chorus 




ft a ft ft 



-A A £4- 



* * * J: 



^6 

-i — Pva 



•^ M — » 



*|Sr 



ia prayer. Wbis-permy name, speak it 

name Whisper my name speak it gent-ly all 



.-g- ^ g ^ 



ft ft ft 



t^-LM 




gent - ly, 



way, Tell Him my load 



Tell Him my load is hard to bear;. 



is hard to bear; 



No. 8 



We'll Understand It 



Copyright, 1§46, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
L. B. C, in "Shining Path" Lonnie B. Combs V 




1. We can- not an - der-stand why sor-row So oft - eu gath-ers 'round us here, 

2. So oft our hearts are filled with sadness When angels bear our loved ones home, 

3. My dear-est friends so oft - en chide me For sing-in g praise un - to my Lord; 



EBBE s 



frfe 



£: 



P— *- 



r -r r p 



r- r= r~ i- — r 1 ^ ■ 



£ 



m 



a |a g jgiqk 



KU U U 



tr- ' U i U U— U 



m? 



§j£j 






s 



snm=t3 



EBE 



Bat it will end on some to-mor-row, All myst'ries then will be made clear. 
Bat it will be true joy and glad-ness To meet them 'neath that heav'nly dome. 
Bat I'll sing on what e'er be-tideme, Someday I'll go to my re-ward. 






m 



rrrrr 



Bl 



u u u 



ft r ct fcr-r rf 



Chorus 



kps 



jz 



3tfi 



^ J 



^ j-— -jjjjy 



c c c c g * 



We'll un-der-stand it ^|o - ver yon-der , In that sweet 

We shall uu-der-stand it by and by, 



W BM l lrm 



^r^ 



^— «- 



p=p 



*=fcc 



g§^ 



^J 



^ 



^ 



h p N p 



^3 



wr 



a ' ■ f C C Z tr~*773? * 



home " be-yond the blue; 

In that heav'nly home 

-fay T1-t 



No trib-u - la-tions 

No more trib-u - la-tiona 






CJ »J ljiJ l 



£ 



ff^^p^ 



1 »v 



U U U p 



-6'— I* 



fc£a 



S3S 



=fc 



3 



s 



fl=^> 



^-~jyj 



i 



s 



there to pon-der, meet me there where all is new. 

in the sky, Meet me o-ver there 



^-g-fes 



m 



J^J 



I 



3 P U 






E 



-q-x- 



m 






No. 9 



With Joy I Praise His Love 



To my husband, who served in World War II 
Copyright, 1946, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
Mrs. O. F. in "Shining Path" Mrs. Oman Floyd 



IS 



i l *T~j 



*=3 



1. The Lord has been so good to me, He brought my loved one home; Thro 
2.1 want to serve my Lord each day, And walk the path of right; I 
3. I want to sing the gos - pel news, And speed it with a prayer; So 




man -y dan-gers o'er the sea, From Him I'll [nev - er roam, 
want to sing His praise each day, And show lost souls the light. 
now,dearLord,myoff-'ringsuse,Thy love help me de-clare. TheLordhas 



M ^ fe= ^ 



m — W- 



fcff 



r rf^m 



r* 



ii 



Jhl Al dSt. At J 



*==£=£=£ 



_q £- 



a t x—% - 



m 



The Lord has spared our earth- ly home, 

spared our earth-ly home, With joy I 

1 JJJJl X , t . 1 J* J J J 1 X 



s^e 



b?E 



^s: 



£ 



EE 



£E* 



E ft--ft 



ffii=4 



S=?Bg 



<•— « — m — m- 
m—3&—m—* i 



=^=^ 



^=3= 



^ — ^P- 3 8 j U—Si 



*=& 



m 



With joy I praise His wondrous love; I'll f ol-Iow Him 

praise His love; I'll f ol-low Him till He says, 



S 



fe-B 



4 



fe^^^^^S 



f f _p J J_ #=& 



i 



BE 



^ 



3 



g=5=3 



g 



H 



■^■b— a sac a__ 

17 17 5 1 r*r 

till He says, Come, And join the saints a-bove. 

Come, And join the saints a- bovei 

l.JJ/^Jjt <J . i 



it,; ii' 1 '" 



s 



No. 10 I'm Riding On a Glory Bound Plane 

Written in an airplane, Feb. 27, 1947 
Copyright, 1947, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
E.N. E. in "Highest Praise" Ernest N. Edwards 

■b . ft E ., E_E_H 



1. I'm sail-ing a-bove this world of care, I'm bound for the glo - ry land so fair, 

2. My Lord is the Pi -lot on this plane, He '11 car- ry me thru in sun or rain, 

3. The lights of that ci - ty beck-on me, the face of my Lord soon I shall see, 

a\T f t fr i » I L i « fr i » L !+— r l fr » i . P- I* 1 E> ♦ 



* 



sm 



w& 



W 



I'm rid-ingnp-on a glo-ry bound plane; 



I'm rid-ing up- on 

-m- -m- -m- 



a glo-ry bound plane; 

k. "^ — *~ w -*- 




D.S.-I'm go-ing be-yond,I'm going beyond all trou-ble and pain, all trou-ble and pain; 
■ MP : * ; 



g^j ^^^ ^ l^ ^ 



I'm mov-ing a - long to home a-bove,pre-pared for my soul by sav-ing love, 

He died on the cross my fare to pay, and soon I shall reach that land of day, 

What joy it lyrill be in that bright place,to dwell with the millions saved by grace, 

-If- ~ *^—^l -f- ,+ +. «. -f~ ,«. 'f- ttfr^-jgL, >>. »> f- ». ^_ 



u b t u 

I'm head-ing for heaven's wondrous land, a -cross the air-lanes, on that fair strand, 

Fine 



fm i-^ n -fefe i^ 



ft f f r r 

I'mnd-mg up-on a glo-ry bound plane. 
I'mrid-ingup-on fc a glo-ry bound plane. 




I'm rid-ing up - on 



I'm rid-ing up- on 



ix i rjuy yu E 



a glo-ry bound plane, 
a glo-ry bound plane, 



No. 11 Take it to Ghrist 

Copyright, 1941, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
CB.S. in "Pilgrim Songs" Carl B. Story 






£ 



==^q==^ 



1. When you are sad and lone - ly, down-heart- ed, bine, Take it to 

2. When storms of life are sweep-ing,sin clouds a - larm, His love is 

3. When tron - bles o - ver - take you, on Je - bus call, He nev - er 



&J>AW W 



$££ 



i 



£==£ 



-Ut L& uk- 



^ 



te 




i 



* 



6 



H*=i: 



3^5 



E 



3 — it 



£ 



i§ 



S 



*=£ 



i 



U IT 'l r b r^^^a 



Christ.who on - ly, 'hope can re -new; He'll roll a - way your r sad-ness, 

ev - er keep-ing, safe from all harm; You'll nev- er_. find an - oth - er 

will for-sakeyou nor let you fall; So lean up - on the Sav- ior 



enFEffiE 



t££ie r. t ^X-t-£ 



il 



:fc 



■■A: fcfc bfe &x c& Lft 



fe=5 



d=« 



^I 



"3 a! — ZSgZ 



Fine 



^ 



# 



— r-KiH — 



pe=g 



* 



g 



2£ 



9 v 

give yon a song,Then you will have true glad-ness all the way long. 

faith - f ul as He, So trust in Him, my broth-er, hap - py and free. 

each pass- ing day , Share in His grace and fa - vor all of the way. 

-A- -A- 



f-frf i tt e #^=^^ 

I I i A— IA A [A I a i A t&t F- 



-r—T z 



# 



■1 1 fit hfc iA A A ijfc u4 



E 



fcfe 



Chorus 



D.S*— Your soul shall live for - ev - er in heav'n your home. 



S 



^ 



ffiP 



a 



g-r E C fr*-f 



' Z r F b f f l> *t i 5 

He'll hear your cry, 
When en> e -mies as -sail you, His love will nev- er fail you, 



PSSj 



m 



*p 



p### 



3t=S" 



S 



D.S. 



I 



f« 



gH^ 'p^i^ 



-^j- 



Nor pass you by; No more you roam, 

Then when your journey's over, 



m 



-a- -f*- -a- -a- 



SS 



» 



No. 12 I Mean to Go There 

Copyright, 1950, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
H.L. T. in "Better Songs" Henry L. TliompsoB 



fp^r 



* 






1. I've heard of a home in heav-en a - bove, a ci - ty of peace and 

2. I'm fol- lowing Christ, and trust-ing His grace to lead me on to that 



HS 



:t=t= 



-i* — ■ 



=£- 



F4-a 



g g r e g g g f 



U U U 



rfd» JJj m»JAt k* 



-fi- juu£ 



^ 



*=at 



3 1 X 



F F" ! ■ F- 



^sl— <»!—*!- 



won-der-fnl love, I'm go-ing np there some won-der - ful 

won-der-fol place, I'm go-ing up there 



^m ^ nr-? =^=^=^ 



I 



e£ 



t 



^£ 



^^^3 



tr-r-nr 



£» 



E r* A-B ^ 



h h 



33 






nrrmr'* 



day; The ransomed shall dwell for - ev -er, I'm told, in 

some won-der - ful day; And when I get home for - ev - er, I'll be u- 



£**=£ 



m 



m 



s=r 



" P i*- 






HV^+t 



toajtMjJ j'-fc ^ 



^^=^5 



•* c g ft ^ 



bliss that's di-vine, they'll never grow old, I mean to go there, 

nit • ed with friends.all happy and free, I mean to go there, 



si 



g t t 5 



r r i x 



•=i— b- 



SE 



-V — h 



«t 



Fine Chorus 




^WTTTTC 



for-ev-er to stay. 

for-ev • er to stay. That bean-ti-ful home bo won-drous-ly 



jjjf^jj 




I Mean to Go There 



p 



£= 



$—& 



£q 



3: 



-=» — s- 



s& 



fair, my Sav-ior for me has gone to pre-pare, 



'Tis wait-ing for 



-V — - 



^%-^T 



-=1 X- 




ife 



=«-*- 



E b U u " ^ V" I \T% f$. nrTb 

me just o - ver the way; 

'Tis waiting for me 
ft .ft 



_ i 

just o-ver the way;For-ev-er Fl 



05 



s s 



s- g g 



g=k 



£=£ 



TS ■» MB HI ^ 



- i ^-^- 



• v E g * ~^ 



tr-rtTD- 



fe£ 



D.S. 



1 



s 



-f — » 



-i? — •- 



I» 'i * b ^ b f ^ £" y C P H f b 

be with Je - sus, my King, while a - ges rolr on His prais - ea I'll sing, 



Bg 



I 



m 



No. 13 



More Like Thee 



Copyright, 1947, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
W. M. EteV. in "Highest Praise" W. M. DeVaughao 



=1: 



i 



S£3 



m 



4=q 



5^3 



^=^: 



BW 



m 



1. Bless -ed Je- sus hold my hand, Lead me on to glo-ry land; Guide my feet 

2. Keep me hum-ble,free from guile, Giveto me a sun-ny smile;Helpme to 

3. Lord, when I am thru down here, Je-sus Mas- ter, be so near; Waft my trem- 

g !>■■-. ... .- - = = — "g^-tS cx fc u P'rP 



2E 



4= 



ifcfl: 



& e- f> 



p> '■*■ i 51 



A— j* 



^ 



■^ 



£ 



tejfct 



r- 



t—r 



D.S.— More and more each day like TheejKind and lor- 
Fine Chorus D.S. 



M± — S — g La i * ^•■v ^tflAt 



1 



ftfc 






lest I should stray From the nar-row way. 

be brave and true All my jonr-ney thru. Lord, I want so much to be 

blingspir-it home, Nev-er more to roam. 

^ . (g * — gaJfe^ ^. g kw .■ _,->,_ , .| g * — (22 lb 






ing, pore and sweet, At your bless-ed feet. 



Remember Me 



No.U 

Copyngnt, 1939, by Stamps-Baxter Music and Ptg. Co. 
T.J.P. in "Gospel Tide" Thos. J. Farris 






^TtJWf* 



cr cr crcr 

1. While trav'ling thru this world of Bor - row, I'm 

2. When cherished friends of earth for - sake me Aad 

3. I know that I will soon be go - ing Be- 




crcr ETfT 

trust - ing, Lord, in Thee; That I may safe - Iy meet each 

loved .. .ones from me flee, Thou art my red, my staff, my 

yond ... .the mys - tic sea, And when I come to make the 





--r i x 



:£q 



tnrlnnririj 






Chorus 



O Lord re-mem-ber me. 

Lord Re-mem-ber 



£ 






r 



B 



^ m^^ m mi^U444i 



Re-mem-ber me lov-ing Sav-ior, My strength and refuge 

me, lov-ing Sav-ior, My strength 



^ 



l§g|jl 




* 



s^ 



^ 



$ 



5^£ 



ft— ft 



-ft — ft 



D.S. 



IS 



+ \-2-z =tt= 



flr 



*i-£- 



*=$=1 



B 



be; That I may share 

That I may share Thy 



£ 



^£ 



Thy bless-ed fa-vor, 
ed fa-vor, 



JUj ^JJ 




f* 



11 MrJr^ 



No. 15 



When the Glouds Roll By 



vopyngat, 1940, by Stamps-Baxter Music and Ptg. Co. 
ftf. T. B. & J. R. B". Jr. in "Golden Key" F. A. & M. T. Baird 



E^=^ 



li^U l ^' J l jy^;^; J t J JE 



1. Sor-row oft bows us low caus-ing de-spair and woe, Oft - en the 

2. Brighter will be the sky af - ter the clouds roll by, Af - ter the 

3. Af - ter the storm has gone we shall be -hold the dawn, Wait-ing for 








^rzr 



dark storm clouds cov-er the sky; 

storm and rain clear-er we'll see; 

us if we faith-ful will be; 

■# — (*- 



fe^5 



fe 



3*^=-^- 



-^-. -■-. -^-. 

No - bod - y gives us cheer, 
Thru all the shad - ows drear, 
Let us true serv - ice give, 



s 



rrr^rz t$ #i 



g 5 a 



4- 



Fine 



g=F=^ 



E P & 



^83 



^"^~»T^ 



-♦i— rt 



*7 fz*r 

sel - dom a kind word hear, If we look up to Christ clouds will roll by. 
let us re-buke our fear, Go to the Lord in faith, troubles will flee, 
look to the Lord and live, Clouds will roll by and light clearly we'll see. 




*> — w — » 

FtHt 




Chorus 



D.S. — Bead-y to clear the sky, clouds will roll by. 



3^- J ■ X '~= -«=q^-«^-* 

a* J- 3- n a ♦ | # • a • — 



^5 



3 • A i • aF 



SSfcfc 



Clouds roll by, flood the sky, Sunshine bright, 

When the dark beau-tywill Won-der-ful 

td±&±*± 



Be 



^P^=^f^±lEr> 



$ 



j=£^ 



SsE 



iiM 



r£ 



D.S. 



d* 



i 



CT 



£ 



■A-=-A 



3332* 



-t=: 



world its light; Doubt or fear, Lord is near, 

give to the Nothing to Je-susthe 



£ 



fff^Hir 



i 



Er g g_g. 



e 



f^ 



r*--- 



No. 16 My Happy Son£ 

Copyright, 1949, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
H. L T. in "Morning Light" Henry L. Thompson 



1. Je - sns has par-doned my sin-fttl past,won-der-fulglo - iy is mine at Mat, 

2. Now as I trav - el a - long my way, Je - sns will keep me each pass-ing day , 

3. Je-suswill ban-ishmy ev-'ry fear, when I'm in trou-ble He's al-ways near, 




Now I'm sing-ing a hap-pyBong; 
For I'm 
For I'm 



Mow I love to sing this hap-py song; 

■ -. r> 

f 1 i x 



i* — <* — 









:^=q ^" i I n — r 

-dN — aM — AJ — Al — At — A'- 



«' 



Now as I trav -el this ho - Iy way, won-der-ful glo-ry is mine each day, 
Tell -ing His love as I on-ward go, help-ing someone His great love to know, 
Sweet-ly I trust in His bonnd-Iess love, safe-ly I'm led by this ho -Iy Dove, 




I jrjTt^-v 



I ts ° v v '»t» v 

Sweet-ly I'm sing-ing my hap - py song. • 

hap - py song,I tn - Iy love to sing my hap-py song. 

1 J.^Rj^gPJ^UJ 



* 



mm^m 



m* 



i 



y^r 



Choeus 






s 



Walk-ing with Je-sus my Lord and King, 



Hap -pi - est prais-es I'll ev -er'sing, 



^S^^ B - rWrff 



l iftj g B 



-*«— r«- 



r— t- — 



?-* 



P=P 



ft i 



My Happy Son£ 




Sweet-ly prais-ing Him all day long; 

yes, I love to praise Him all day long; 



t= 



mtk 



t&r^Hrtt 



tfc~T (T C^^ ff-i 



u fl u u 



Pr = F¥=5= s;i 




SE 






ir C % gT^r ^ 



5=3=? 



■w fcj w 



p P " y Bring -ing great joy to this heart of mine, 

Bean-ti -ful mel ■ o - dy sweet di-vine, 



^^^^ 



g£5 



gfe 



tfefc 



1 



fcs* 



s 



Mbl 



JP Pfl 



P 



*' •' 2 J 



t t r% g r ^F- 



Sweet-ly I'm sing-ing my hap - py song. 

song bo sweet-ly I'm sing - ing my hap - py song. 



jia 5 I E FFl 



^ ^ i 



iSP=?t 



ft I 



^si 



=r 



S 



No. 17 



Jesus Gave His Life for Me 



Copyright, 1949, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
J. B. Baxter, Jr. in "Morning Light" Marion W. Easterling 




:q= 



-3= 



=t 



HF 



-g — ^~n^ l — •* 



-@l u. 



-^ - * - 



:g, — -j- 



1. What am I to point with pride To a ser - vice 

2. I must work for Him each day, Help the lost to 

3. Let me la - bor all the while, Try to wear a 



far 
find 
son 



and wide, 

the way, 

■ ny smile, 



■*=f= 



M: 



fe 



4=: 



tr~t 



± 



1 — r- 



:t=: 



P=P 



=P=F 




I should not be sat - is - fled, 

All the time His will o - bey, Je - bus gave His 

Let not sin some life be - guile, 



life 



i> r e 



i 



for me. 



^ 



n — lr 



S 



^^ 



1 



No. 18 God Shall Wipe Away All Tears 

copyright, 1940, by Stamps-Baxter Music and Ptg. Co- 
J. R. Baxter, Jr., Bug. W. H. D. in "Super Specials" Wesley H. Daniel 



1. When we reach that home and lay our bur-dens down, 

2. When the pearl -y gates un - fold for you and me, God shall wipe a - 

3. When we sweet-ly sing with all that ransomed throng, 



+=& 



Td — fir- 



frig-rF- 



m 



fEE 






fr — 



i 



1 



^ ffig3 ^=fa rjT£X2 



^±§ 



3t 



When we join the saints and wear a robe and crown, 
way all tears; When we see the Christ who set the cap - tive free, 

No more partings come to mar that hap • py song, 

P — -el-*- 



^m 



e£fa£*t=fc 



52- 



|E££ 



$=t 






Ghoms 






£=£ 



T 



- ad aI ^ — al- 



:=^^= 



God shall wipe a - way all tears. God shall wipe a - way all the 

T-fi». 1*- ..» ■p-b.^JaJ -F-. -F- r^ -p- -p- ^ ^ 









^ 



— r^-fc 



F^E 



t? — tr 



"zS^^sh 



T-tTTTTi 



t/ ™ -IP- -&- ^ ™ • HP* 



•3F 

tears from ev-'ry eye, Give us joy for all our fears; When we meet Him 



^ ^MA^mxi^ 



& 



p 








in that home be-yond the sky, God shall wipe a - way all tears. 



No. 19 



My Savior Leads the Way 



To my normal school, Dalton, Ga., Nov. 15 to Dec 4, 1948 
Copyright, 1949, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
Bev. Alfred Barratt in "Boundless Love" W. M. DeVaughan 




1. When skies are dark and drear- y and gloom-y is the day, My heart 

2. His light of love is shin - ing, 'tis shin - ing night and day, I cease ^ 

3. My hap - py heart keeps sing-ing, my tron- bles flee a - way, The bells of 



can 
my 




not grow wea-ry my Sav-ior leads the way; The path- way leads to 

sad re-pin-ing I know He will not 

joy are ring- ing shin-ing way; The gold - en gates are 

[* _ -*=- m -m. ike- -w- ^'^ -m- >r- -m- v ^ ■*- ■£- &— 

■£ — u. i T ig — iw — m-s-m — f — +- — t- — ! ? ■ i u — +z — #i=— 



4' 



g^rrr 



JSZIS=S 



s 



4= 



t=^as 



£=£ 



* — *■ — y- 



I 



i 



D.S.— The light of love is 



P 



S^ 



=t 



fc 



^ 



N A J— AT L* l 



*t 



glo - ry I can- not go a -stray, I'm sing - ing love's sweet sto - ry- my 
leave me He drives my fears a -way, There's nothing now to grieve me- 
near-ing I'm go - ing home to stay, Bright an- gels now are cheer- ing- 

E * E 



feUH M ^ 



£ 



4* IV- 



ari 5 



£ 



=r* ♦- 



± 



±: 



glow-ing, He is my strength and stay, 'Tis home-ward I am go - ing- 
Fnre Chobus 




* snrr 

Sav • ior leads the way. My Savior is the lead-er I fol-low 

shin-ing way. 



Bi5 



gj^ J^ J 






ifefc 



£=* 



£5 



u u ' P 



e=S 



h & I N J J„ T J J J h i 



D.S.. 



' ■ ■ — ■- *— h — IT •" 



i fcl l j'a l '-al l J ^BB 



Him each day, While walking in His foot-steps I can-not go a-stray; 

from Him a- stray; 



m 



g£te feS : 



uu[7[7r[nu | | I I r M l 



tat* 



t*=5=4c 



No. 20 



Spend a Moment With Jesus 



Copyright, 1949, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
Rev. Alfred Barratt in "Boundless Love" W. L. Harmon 




^5fe^ ^E^ fe n£g £«i 



■jg- -jj - I - - -sh ^ -»- -■- -■- 

1. Spend a mo-ment in pray'r with the Sav - ior, When the path-way is 

2. Spend a mo-ment in pray'r with the Sav -ior, When the tempt-er is 

3. Spend a mo-ment in pray'r with the Sav- ior, When your spir- it is 

4. Spend a mo-ment in pray'r with the Sav -ior, It will keep you from 





111!!!!!!! 



lone - ly and long; He will turn all the Bhad-ows to sun- shine, And your 
Sin . ger - ing near; He will give you His strength in your weak -ness, And His 
sad and op-pressed ;0 what com-fort to hear His soft whis-per,"Come to 
doubt and de-spair; Ev-'rymorn-ing and noon-tide and eve-ning, Spend a 

frp m m 




??-. 



__ " J ' y ■ 'i 

sor-row and sigh-ing to song. Mo-ment pray-ing to the dear 

love-light will fill you with cheer, 
Me,wea-ry one, and find rest", 
mo-ment with Je-sus in pray'r. Spend a mo - ment in pray'r with the Sav - 



Efarff-P-E-C-f -flB 



$ 



fes 



r r r h t+ ^ H ~ 



I I I 



r=^=h=^t 



Fl X~~T I X I I rj 



fr-fr-j 



i » bf 



4 






p^=a=p=tp3 



g-g-* - 



i IT 

Bur-den 



I FkT 

Sav-ior, Bur-den is so heav-y to bear;Then your bur-den of 

ior, When your bur - den is heav-y to bear; 




:kdx 



care will be lift - ed, Spend a mo-ment with Je-sus, a mo-ment in pray'r,. 

in pray'r. 

-A- -A-« -A- -A- -A- -A- -A- g» j» /9 



p-m — i — i— F— 3 



1 — t - 



££&£=£=£ 



T=F^ 



SI 



fl 0> 21 HI Travel On 

Copyright, 1947, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
B.LC. in "Highest Praise" B.L Cline 



feS- 



*=ft 



m 



5 



3ri-g=3 E 



m 



1, I'm on the grand old high-way that leads to glo - ry land, 

2. Thorough may be the path-way in this old world of sin, I'm 
3.1 can not stay much long-er in this vain world be - low, 

js _js_^ .* - .- - I 



-m B- 



3e 



£=t 



-al ar- 



R= 



-f 



bJ"^Ju 



*-+ 



h B P g j 

-H — " j H * * 



$C=f£ 



s 



atzatzatz at 



^-^.< 



T 



w u v *v "V u 

go - - ing to the land a-cross the ioam;With Christ the great Re- 

Wlien trav'ling days are 
With my Lord, go -ing |to Soon I shall go to 

r» .r> _r» j> » ^ * _- n n is js_ 



JU> aT 



Fi i* 



£ 



fe%R 



j W LTi v— fc 



-m — m — m — m 

1> HT£ 



a! ai a i— ai- 




feM 



D.S.— I'm hap-py ev-'ry 
ft i 



J^£ 



^ 



r-^- 



£ 



3E5E3 



A' a- a q 



y Hy p 1 
to 



1)1) u 

deem-er I'm walk-ing hand in hand, I'll trav - - el on 



= — « — m- 



o - ver, the life crown I shall win, 
glo - ry, the joys of heav'n to know, 



Hfe 



-m— * 



^= F I 1 £=£=£ 



Trav-el on, trav-el on 



-= — ^ 



< — y- 



y y 

moment for Je - sua leads the way, 
Fine Chobu3 



H — P— P- ^_P LJ 



IP 



ir^ 



s 



SKe^S 



-afc± 



rata?: 



my e-ter-nalhome. I'll trav - el on to my e - ter-nal 

to my e - ter-nalhome, Trav-el on, trav-el on 

_--_ r> r> p 



5 



-^±i 



-*=& 



^ 



JU*- 



W*: 1 4 



-Aa-p- A A A 






y=y=£ 



"gf~2d AJ 



*=at£ 



■r 



!* 



— ~y 

JSJS 



i 



-ft h ry 



D.S. 



i — _; 1 1 — a m I I 



a 



n M +> . -; aj=*i=-4: 



"■d — ea — m~ 



M ^-^-^ 



E U 



^^ 



home, In that land, bless-ed land where sorrows never come; 

hap-py home, In that fair land nev-er come; 




No. 22 I'm Glad That Jesus Game 

Copyright, 1951, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
E. M, L. in "Melodies of Joy" E. M. Latham 

i . ft 



Sf3 



At * At Ai-*-A< Al A. *c * 



SZ. =fc_ ^rf-* ^ 



1. I am glad that Je - sus came, the Gift of love un- 

2. Friends and loved ones will be wait - ing, Far be - yond the 

3. Best of all, I'll Bee my Sav - ior, Look up - on His 




m 



told, tm • told; 
sky, blue sky; 
face, His face; 



Placed His might • y arms a - round me, 
We'll be hap - py, prais - ing Je - sus, 
what joy to meet Him there, and 






w=£ 



*— -PC 



H* 



^ 



-r 



±s±t 



ir 



■i 

Chorus 



1 — 1 




-Ai-^r l=1-H 1— 



=t=* 



T- 



i 



Led me to 
While the years 
Thank Him for 



r r f- 

His fold, His fold, 
go by, go by. 
His grace, free grace. 

i i 



-■nnr 



Glo - ry, 
Glo - ry, glo • ry, 



m 



j- 



BE 



:1 I I - 



!*-£- 



H I* 1 *- 



^gs 



F=F=F : 



tt±E 



S3 



SC— 1 



^=q 



^ 



j JJJi^ 



s 



fc2t 



3=3: 



at=3t 



hal - le - la - jab, I 



am glad He came; 

that Je - 8U9 came; 

x — - J - 



4t 



-i- 



&ft 



Se£ 



r- 



:t=: 



»r rr 




i 



i 



np r f 



-** 8 J — 55~ 



=£ 



-^j — +*-*-+* 



Glo - ry, hal - le- lu - jah, Praise His ho - ly name. 

Glo - ry, glo - ry, great name. 




i ~ t r~r"T~r 



J=-4 



a 



Jesus Is Gomin& A&ain 



No. 23 

Dedicated to the Dixie Rebels Quartet, Tampa, Florida 
Copyright, 1951, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
AdgerM. Pace in "Melodies of Joy" S.L.Wallace 

fr ^ ■■ . fr , .: s > ^ ^ - ^ - fe_ 




b v v 

home, take us home; All who are read - y will share His true worth, 

rise, we shall rise; Glo - ry to God, He will take ns a - way, 

love, per -feet love; Part-ings all o - ver, and free from all care, 

£— J ==fe, 



^- w p— r 



■fcc he he P- 



2=£ 



k : u 



r 



-r-H^ 




y y 



* , 1+ <+• k -*•" i 

y y y i y y 
Where we shall nev -er-more roam, nev-er roam. Je 
In - to love's sweet par - a- dise,par-a-dise. 
In the sweet home-land a-bove, home a-bove. Je-su3 our Sav 



sus 
■ ior 



ft ft P 1,4, A * A 



^^ 



^ 



* L^ ■ *• I | 1 U 



7-P-i (_ 1 k f; : m -je — k — — — Ki|+- — I 1- — I (— 

B I E g B 5 h « • ^ tk= £ = > |TZ g 

^ T^>-^_-^i y y y y y 



£fc 



y y y y y I y y L> 



B 



tr 

com - ing, Com-ing, in pow - er to reign; Let 

com - ing a - gain,Com-ing, in pow - er for - ev - er to reign; Let ns be 



m& 






tefc 



F ■ — | F 1 -I 1- ■ — t— 

y y y 



S g E P 



« 



J M S U 3 L-IU& # 



1 



*tt 



T+r 



a a 4 =szg 



an 



r 



;i ^ i 3?5 -J. 3 ^ * • ^ l ^r^ 



y y y v* y y y i 

us be read - y, Je - sus is com-ing a - gain, 
read • y and sing-ing His praise, He's coming a - gain. 

is .£_ I 




No. 24 In My New Home 

Copyright, 1951, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
A*H. E. in "Melodies of Joy" A. H. Elliott K 

h _^J i ^ ^ * J N ! -T 



fe^=5 



^£4tf=* 



i 



ft 



1 



s 



3=3: 



-♦'• iw- -♦ L -J- -♦- -♦'- 



ft* 

1. When life on earth is o'er, on heav - en's hap-py shore I'll see my 

2. There'll be no sor-row there, with saints im-mor-tal, fair, Sweet peace and 

I h -♦- -£«■ 

' rdti- tfk kJk 



mm 



sa 



-F— flit 



IW 



b=fc=^- 



±= 



:fc 



r 'tt -'g 



r- 



fei^ig 



=t 



— i, -i 



3=3 



— si h, 



=f£ 



S 



5=5 



tf*-^- 



= 



-♦- -J -♦- 



i. K i. 

1/ y J 



friends of yore in my new home, new home; On heav-en's crown-ing day, 
joy I'll share in my new home, new home; All things will be com-plete, 



^: 



:=£: 



H h h- 

u r [> 



-f— - 



-nrnr 



-iSZ_3. 



£fc 



£=*=£ 



-J--A 



Fine 



£ 



T-ffrE 



ii 



ft^ 



5P* 



-4 11 



q=3St3d=2zz5t=2st -33— gj— y— ari ar- 



-♦'• y y 

earth scenes all past a-way, I'll go to live for aye in my new home, new home, 
when Christ the Lord I meet And friends again I greet, in my new home, new home. 

J _f> .*_ .^. £: .^. ^. t^.^-b^- *Aj» -W- 



*££ 



ES 



t=Sttz 



:t=: 



■f-f^rir 



i^zftkEZie: 

-K- — h 1 — 



K 



■&£ 



D.S.— And life shall nev-er cease, in my new home, new home. 




Chorus 



£ 



I 



-A — A_ 



"tr-t- — p- 



3 



5t-*-tr*- 



ras 



£ 



For you and me, 
what a hap - py time Our joy will be sub-lime 



AS 



V=& 



:t=: 



R^ 



te^^z=^=d^^r E ^ 



D.S, 



h-j — ^ — -^ — •— : c — m-^-w — -\ — ™ — ^ — ^ — --P 



When Christ we see; From pain complete re-lease, where all is perfect peace 

we see; 

-J- 



B^^&^m^m^ 



No. 25 Beyond Life's Sunset 

Copyright, 1951, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
Clyde H. Ellison in "Melodies of Joy" Theodore Sisk 



f)^ N N N 




. h IS h 




■ /#o > p p 


i n ■ h 


J ■ 1 ) p 


. 


> "V m J J 


« ' j ■> [* 




_.j i 


fp\ q 2 x S 




1 jj * jTi S ^1* -a! ! AJ 


1. Be - yond life's sun - set is God's to-mor - row, Bean-ties un - fad - ing 

2. Be - yond life's sun -set, blest Rock of A - ges Beck-ons to me a- 

3. Be - yond life's sun - set, His love ex - tol - ling, From mis - e - ry and 

J! J! J! J.- J.J J m J.^JV^J. 


^•#'4 




A. • 




[£JiSJ >» . 






p . m . 


V-^Q *> 


p • 




1 1 


ft 






1 1 




L r t i 


r r 






we shall be - hold; There'll be no part - ings, there'll be no sor - row, 
cross the blue sea; The book of life, with its gold -en pag - es, 
bond-age made free; No storms to threat-en, no break-ers roll - bg, 



M 



..J: J: 2 A- j.j 



^■ •x • 



3z 



T^ 



r -_ f ^ 



■•— - 



P p p 



Chorus 



3^ 



-=ri — w v 



-9—-I 



4?tK=ir 



When God's e - ter - nal plans shall un - fold. 
Tells of a crown that's wait-ing for me. 
I shall hear heav - en's sweet sym - pho - ny. 



Be - yond life's sun - set, 



HB 



JJV ± J. 






^_ Lj ^_ 



1 



t: 



-A-S- 



±=t 




£=* 



^ 



ft ft 



■«-s I- 



d 1 ■!- 



*F 



3=4 



4->> I 



*=fci= 



:3=3=: 



ESt 



death's dark val-ley Je - sns will hold my poor f ee-ble hand; I shall not 



g^i H^ 



ly go for-ward, TJn-til I reach that won-der-ful land. 



m 



I . I ! I 



i 



' ' f- — H y- — "F — F — F- -i — =— ^ — :— • 1 — I 1 1 — 



t — r- 



No. 26 Beautiful, Wonderful Heaven 

\ C&pyright, 1951, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
Teody D. Hanson in "Melodies of Joy" V. O. Fossett 




1.0 I know there is beau - ty in heav - en, For there's much in this 

2, While I'm here I will try to re - mem-ber That the One who con- 

3. In this world where we live there are pleasures, But they're bro-ken by 



^ &fe-H--H^ 



W— +■— "iff 



f 



u— tt 



s=£ 



I 



Sees 



ft a 



5 



:*=* 



ft^ baK~~S | ~rf 



lac 



*=£ap*-z* 



world that is bright; And I know there is some One with pow • er, 
trols earth and sky Is the Lord, my Be - deem-er and Sav - ior, 
heart-aches and pain; - ver there in that beau - ti - ful ci - ty, 






m 



,p^ » >b 



pi 



£ 



& 



:»= 



i m g — g 






1 — r 



i 



-*—£- 



y y 
Fine Chobu8 



US 



#=£ 



3 



3*=^ 



-^ ^f 



I F-J-^ 



-x) -n aq m- 



Who can change all the dark - ness to light. my beau - ti - ful, 

Who is rul - ing from heav ■ en on high. 

Per - feet glad - ness for - ev - er shall reign. Beau - ty, 



fc 



g f- r -- 



g r g i — r r ifr/g-h, i i -e 



rtr 



9 W 
D.S. — Through the a - ges its glo - ry to know. 



£ 



I 



ft_ fi_ ,N J =£=£ 






a at 

r w w v ]j 

-der- ful heav - en! 'Tis the place where I'm long-ing to 

■ders, for us in heav-en! I'm 



> a a Al SB 3ZDE 8B 

nm- ? ? -~ 



won 
won 



: £ I= y :== y" z — y y ^— ^Fy 121 ^ 






D.S. 



S 



ucr 1 n *• r f f c c 

With the an-gels and loved ones who 're wait a - ing, 
'ing to go; An-gels, loved ones wait-ing, yes, wait-ing, 



go; 
long 



» 



Jfr- 



v- fcr 



^ 



1 



-q — = 






m 



rlNo. 27 



Mansions Over the Hilltop 

Copyright, 1949, by Ira StanphiU. Used by Per. 



Ira Stanphill 




1. I'm sat - is - fied with just a cot-tage be - low, A lit - tie sil - ver 

2. Tho of t - en temp- ted tor - ment-ed and test- ed And like the proph-et 

3. Don't think me poor or de - sert - ed or lone-ly, I'm not dis-cour-aged, 



-m f*-rf 




and a lit - tie gold; But in that ci-ty where the ransomed will shine, 

my pil-low a stone; And tho I find here no per-ma-nent dwelling, 

I'm heav - en bound; I'm just a pil-grim in search of a ci - ty, 

v 1* 1+ g 



■ rr 







I want a gold one that's sil - ver lined. 
I know He'll give me a man-sion my own. 
I want a man-sion, a harp and a crown. 



I've got a man-sion just 



& 



=efe 



j=. 






:t=t 



-r r <*- 






t=t 



^*-f^ 



D~tr-K 









MJfc 



3=3 



Vad a -a. 



o -,ver the hill-top, In that bright land where we'll never grow old; And some day 



I* g F 



j* — >^ * 1 1 — -I i . -I \ ■ ■ i 1 — i.pr w — S* — i— 



^-^ 



m— f*- 



i 1" 



y y y f I y P 5 U 






=4=q: 




b-=5±* 



yon-der we will never more wander But walk the streets that are purest gold. 

-A- A * - A -A- -A- -A- -A- -A- _. -A- &k- -g- ^i . ^, -P 5 - 



yy 



*= 



W— — — aw>- 



I 



- fcc 8 h e K he ike Ik- 



y y y ,1 I y y y 



This song may be purchased in sheet form at 25 cents from Hymntime Publishers 
Box 44, Fort Worth, Texas 



No. 28 



We Walk Together 



Dedicated to Mr. and Mrs. Austin Williams 

Copyright, 1951, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 

B. R. B. in "Melodies of Joy" B. R.Bassell 




£#=* 



£=£ 



-^--5--* 



^E=M 



7* ■ ~ 



j r» r> 



-m— «f- 



=£=&=&= 



-*<— ^- 



1. Here to-geth - er we walk, ev - 'ry day, ev-'ry day, With the Sav-ior, who 

2. In sweet fel - low-ship we trav - el on, trav-el on, Up the road to the 

3. We are bound for our home up a-bove, home a-bove, In the land of sweet 

A-*- r A ^*— a D L .. J J^_-|-A-^-ra— ±-±- 

) — « — s — h — ^ — i — __i — i_«i n — m. — 




m 



l J V ■ I 

leads the way, leads the way; We would crown Him as Lord and as 

glo - ry dawn, glo - ry dawn; Walk-ing un - der His word thru the 

peace and love, peace and love; Free from sor - row we'll live on that 

-»• A 1*- 



Tfr-t- 



W- 



-x 



-K-»- 



t=t: 



1— *- 



zfez 



£ 



JL± 



i=ri 



Fine Choeus 



SI 



^=3- 



^=t 



=£ 



bat 



±*z 



3tr^-t 



q=: 



I i> • U I \ .J w \ 

King, Lord and King, Joy-ful prais-es to Him we sing, prais-es sing, 
night, thru the night, We shall view heaven's morning bright, morning bright, 
shore, love-ly shore. With our Sav-ior for ev - er-more, ev-er-more. Yes, we 



m 



i IS ft I 

Ml Al Al Al 



fa 



:tt^ 



-fr-,-4 



P^PPP 



K 



-2— U-C 



-r- 1 "^ 



T- 



tTu 



I 



D.S.— We are safe un-der-neath His care, ten-der care. 



*i£* 



5=* 



H 



At — a — i— a*- 



^ 



-4-*- 



=* 



f 



-j-*f 



afc=4 



-H- t, ~i ■ I 



«l -*)— "^-^ 

Walk to-geth-er, glo - ry road, Home where all is 

walk to - geth-er on the glo - ry road, To our home where all is 



t1% i 



£=P=c 



£ 



fe—g: 



t=t 



-trrC- 



1 — ' 



y y 



fefe 



-Al -At 1 A 



*kfe 



D.S. 



iH 



^ 



f-f=5 



*■ af- 



fair; Lord is shar-ing ev - 'ry load, 

fair, al-ways fair; Our dear Lord is shar-ing with us ev - 'ry load, 



*P J* 



tfcfe 



a£_J JL 



$3= 



=q= 



"f-y- 



£E£^ 



trmr^- 



XaL 



ju 



I 



No. 29 The Gomforter Abides 

Copyright, 1951, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
W. J.H. in "Melodies of Joy*' W.J.Henry 



M: 



f^gtefe 



, J y. .^ — ^| — M — ^ [i 



*£*-* S S S - 



tt 



--£ 



-4- 



i : — S- 



-^j- -^|- _ — WW ^w Wj_ _^j_ -^j- _^1- -M( -jjj-- — ' 

1. Once my heart was sad and lone - ly, and op-prest with care, There was no one 

2. Once I sought for worldly pleasures that would sat-is -fy, But I found that 

3. Someday I shall cross the riv-er, from this life of care, To the land of 




... .* ♦ 

who my grief could share, could sharejl have found a Friend in whom my need-y 
they are bound to die, they die; Now I'm sharing boundless wealth that ev-'rj 
end-less life so fair, so fair; I have placed my faith in Je-sus, and my 




the 



soul con - fides, And the Com-fort - er with me a-bides. 

need pro - vides , Since the 

steps He guides, Yes, the a-bides. 

- 3£ ^_ ^ J _j. JJJ 

—I 1 1 1-* — i v_ «t- 



g h* - ■* i i r 



1 — r 



Pi 



±= 



-i — i- — i- 



-tr-'v- 



-8-= 



D.S.— Since the Com-fort- er a-bides with me, with me. 

r> ft 




Com-fort - er a-bides with me, From de - spair and lone - li - ness I'm 

with me, 




P.S. 



g x j i j^# 

A, A At *U ^ —J — 



1 



=^= 



^-^T 



h I l — ' -3- -5- -=»» 

free; Je • sns took a - way my sin, and I have peace with • in, 

I'm free; 

■#- h*--I*--<«--I«-.|«--_=.^ ff* 
" h- 1 hr h=- hi- fc= t=- fT ad arf- 



tt 



fc 



tr 



U U l* — g — g — P" g ^ = R i: r h 



i 



=i — i— r— tr 



No. 30 



Like a Flood Of Lteht 



Copyright, 1951, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
Eev. Alfred Barratt in "Melodies of Joy" W. Lee Higgtns 




1. Let your love-light glow ev- 'ry-where yon go, Drive the gloom-y clouds a- 

2. Let your love-light glow when you face the foe With the Sav-ior as your 

3. Let your love-light glow till the world shall know That you stand for truth and 

4. Let your love-light glow in this world be -low, Nev -er cease to watch and 
ft 




way, a - way, Like a flood of light in the star - less night 

guide, your guide, Like a flood of light in the star - less night, 

right, the right, Like a flood of light in the star - less night, 

pray, and pray, Like a flood of light in the star • less night, 



fct 



«► tt J 



£=£ 



3SEE3 



-I NT 



Iii5s=2=isc 



fczte 



£ 



r- 



:p=p: 



E fr — tr 



Chorus 
ft ft £_ 



M ^ jti H M ^ *-&— A! l 



I I I 

Send-ing cheer to souls a - stray, a - stray. 

Let it shine what -e'er be - tide, be - tide. Let your love-light bright-ly 

Let your light shine clear and bright, so bright. 

Keep it shin - ing all the way, the way. 



JZ-J 




r r r 



glow, Ban-ish sor-row, sin and woe; Like a flood of 

bright-ly glow, and woe; 




rrr 

light in the star - less night, Let it shine wher-e'er you go. 

yon go. 



PSfctr=5— ^_ g_gZ F-tff-fr ft— » f— | * 11 '— ' I n 



No. 31 I've Heard Of Heaven 

Copyright, 1951, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
Mrs. Ethel P. Hanson in "Melodies of Joy" Clyde Williams 



+^=i 



=t 



S5± 



/ 4- ♦ > — ♦ — ♦- -♦ — ♦* — — •> — «• 



Aj ; A l A i w L 



1. I'm told there is a place called Heav-en,Where Je-sus is Him-self the 

2. Some day, when this short life is o - ver, The bless-ed Sav-ior I shall 

3. What joy to meet my loved ones yon-der, For - ev - er there with them to 




i l y 

light, great light; I've dreamed of join - ing there the an-gels, All wear - ing 

meet, shall meet; I'll en - ter Heav-en's won-drous ci - ty, And with the 

stay, to stay, And praise the One who died to save ns Thru one e- 

fejK. .«. :£:• j*: ^- -m- 



*£- 



*=£ 



tfc 



H^-V 
^=^ 



f=*=F=P 



±~ Z 



fef 



Chorus 



m 



M l -JU* i J ] 



^rt-^rH 



^-*-A— — 



«f 



■ff-rTt- f 



robes of spot-less white, pure white. 

saints kneel at His feet, His feet. 

ter - nal hap - py day, glad day. I've heard of a place called 



I've heard of the place called 



sweet 



P . w . 



J-J-J! 



p .m 



^fetl 



ST£H i L E ; 



i*-p»— *- 



T-te-te 



£ 



£p 



rtw 



LJ i Li 



JLA ^ 



a fa gzat z^ -atac 



4- 



i=6 



Ha 



p^iHHfrf 



t=t= 



p: 



5=*: 



f '^GVirirr 



b 



Heaven fair, Where sorrows and pain have passed away; 

Heav-en, Where Borrows have all past a -way; And Je-sns, our 



m 



£££ 






hi 




And Je-sus, our Lord is Kul-er there, With Him for-ev-er we shall stay. 
Sav - ior, is Bul-er, shall stay. 



-#-*- 



£fc 



4= 



tejjd ^ 



^1 



Sctc 



1 'A ft i* 



b g u i i 



v \> -v—v- 



: F 



No. 32 He'll Lead MeiOn 

Copyright, 1951, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
B. B. Edmiaston in "Melodies of Joy" Nolan T, Kimbrell 




1, I turned from dark-ness in - to the won-drous light of love, 

2. Tho trou-bles may come and vex me, still I'll trust in Him, 

3.1 trust His prom-ise, and try to an - swer ev - 'ry call, My Lord will 




He will lead 



lead 



±&£ 



gen-tly on; I hear the joy bells now 
When foes sur-round me, He's 
me gen-tly on; He will be with me to 



^-J^ 



i r ! v- f r 



m 



w u u U I 



D.S.-In ev • 'ry tri - al, what- 



z A-fcJ— ft- 



^^^m 



■f— fi- 



t— *— s 



ring - ing, as I look a - bove, He will lead 

near and keeps me safe from them, 

hold my hand when shad - ows fall, I know He'll lead 

S "» -J. J> J> 



P| 



-^ L k n " 

-m P i- w- 



£ 



t 



^ — t* — k — *- 

ev ■ er here may be my lot, 

Fine Chorus 



B 



& 



i 



3ttn 



#=* 



me safe • ly on. Leads me, 

me safe-ly on, lead me on. In mer-cy He leads me wher - ev • er 



WHe 



N=^T 



i=t 



J"'JJJ^ 



D.S. 



^ 



Si 



^ 



i " 9 9 



-^-a 



tr-p- 



needs me, 'Tis mine to know I'm not a • lone; 

He needs me, Mine to know I'm not a - lone, not a - lone; 



m 



^ 



t=r- 



E^EEf 



^ ^=ft ^^ 



No. 33 



I'm GoinA Home Tomorrow 



Dedicated to my friend, Glenn W. Hamontree 
Copyright, 1951, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
&.M. L, i» "Melodies of Joy" E. M. Latham 

_fc_ftj J *J\ 




L #-*-* « n < # < l«_bj ft- lj_^ — zn 



1. There's a land 

2. Soon I'll join 



5*- 

be-yond the blue, Where my friendB and loved ones wait; 
the cho-rus grand, In that place where all is new; 



B 



1 



-$*■ 



^Hrw 



£ 



P=P= 



■p-m- 



£s± 



*T 



inrz 




We shall meet to part no more, Jnst in -side the pearl -y gate. 
Where the harps and joy bells ring, Gladness reigns the a - ges thru. 



W& 



r* 






f*- -■»-*- 



m 



rrrr^ 



Choeus 



Kg 



^£ 



a i - 1 x - 



=fcfe 



3^!2 «> - ; 



* 



ir 



m m \ ' 



1- 



irT- 



t I* 



bU 



SB 



b i? y 

Go-ing home, go-ing home, Lay my 

I'm go-ing home to-mor-row, where there'll be no sorrow, I shall lay my 

£&£&■ i r 'frttJ'ft- - 



b 



■ i I Bj • rf 



spfc 



e 



-=»-*- 



s & i j 






££ 



^ X 



heav - y bur-dens down, lay them down; No more sin 

heav - y bur-dens down; There'll be no sin nor sad-ness in that 



-M- 



* 



i x 



S^^ 



B^ 



afcz ■- 



*— *- 



m r 



B 



Vf 



trir^-tr 



ffT^ 



r» A 






in that home, I shall wear a shin-ing crown, 

home of glad-ness, Where with saints I'll wear a shin-ing crown .fadeless crown. 

. 1 J A A A ^ , f* I j 




iE*Ei 



I 



r» c " 



as 



g=H 



s 



m 



Mrir^ f 



No. 34 Savin * Grace 

Copyright, 1951, by Stamps-Baxter Music Ss Printing Co. 
John Newton, Cho. B. E. F. in "Melodies of Joy" . . B. E. Fulmer 




~i— 3 — R-^-3 



31 21 — jp 



T0- 

1. A - maz-ing grace how sweet the sound, That saved a wretch like met 

2. 'Twas grace that taught my heart to fear, And grace my fears re-lieved; 

3. Through man-y dan -gers, toils and snares, I have al - read - y come; 

IS — . ... a*: :£: £:• 




I once was lost, but now am found; Was blind, but now I see. 
How pre-cious did that grace ap - pear The hour I first be-lievedl 
'Tis grace that brought me safe thus far, And grace will lead me home. 




sav - ing grace, God's grace from heav'n a-bove, To 
Bav • ing grace from heav'n a - bove, 




^ J \j \j \ 



m 



res-cue you and me; Ex-pres-sion of our 

yes, e - ven me; Ex-pres - sion of our Fa-ther's 

-A- •<«.. -A- -A- _, _. -A- I -*!-• -!■- -a- r 

-■—■■- H — •pr i — '\— - g ~ - 1 * * i— ; d — 1 — *f~* ' m ~ m * tl> * 



m 



W 



e e . g.. 



:tJ=P=» 



-U U pr— U 



^^S§p~3 



"■* -a-j 



P 



Fa-ther's boood-less lore, Be - vealed on Cal • va - ry. 

love, oa Cal-va- ry. 




tr=X 



££EE£ 



dE 



I 



:2E ^ 



^ 



No. 35 Is It True, What They Say About Jesus? 

Copyright, 1951, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
Carl W.Young In "Melodies of Joy" Luther G. Presley 






X 



1. Is it true, what they say a-bout Je - sus, Does His love real - ly 
2.1s it true, what they say a-bout Je-sus, Can you meet Him in 
3. When I reach that bright ci - ty of glo - ry, Shall I see Him there 




shine all the time? When you seek Him in pray'r will you find sol-ace there, 
heav - en some day? Will He give you a home where the bright angels roam, 
on His white throne? Will the souls I have won bring to me His' 'well done, " 

& & 

n md •<♦- -r*- -(♦- 

hj X4^i LA LA. 



1&— ^ 

4*i — l*r- 



4^- 



fc£=!5=r=r= -3k±£z%=& i 



-fr — I — 



=£=£ 



-*=. 



Chorus 






-$—* 



r a b 



Is it true what they say a - bout Him? Is it true, what they 

Is it true, 



— =^-1 






k fr k j» j »-tp- 
tr-tr-t ? 




SBfe* 



say? Yes, His love real- ly shines all the time; He will 

a - bout Je-sus? 

-*--♦-' ft J - *- t»~». g: £: tjK £p£: 

-■ --^Tbii — •Jk — u» — uw b: 1 -J ( 



g — m 



V v. 



#=£ 



-i± 



<•-■*•»■ S — H — 

A Mi tfk fc=- 

I 1 1— 1^- 

y — y — y h- 



fa=S 



£ 



±2 




hear when you pray, Tes, it's true what they say about Him. 

He will hear there in se-cret, 



gfflB^^^^^^ ^^^B 



St*- 



No. 36 Jesus Leads the Way 

Copyright, 1951, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
R.M. S. in "Melodies of Joy" Roy M. Stone 



p^ip^ 



$=*=£ 




\=m 



-3— £- 



:i=^:c 



1. Je • sua is with me as I tray - el a - long, to glo-ry, He keeps me 

2. When I was lost in sin and drift-ing a • way from safe-ty, Led on by 
3.1 am so hap-py serv-ing Je-sus my Lord, and Savior, Knowing that 




sing - ing ev - 'ry step of the way, I praise Him; When I have trou-ble, 
Sa - tan t'ward e - ter - nal de-spair, in bond-age; Je - sua, the Sav-ior, 
He will lead to heav-en'B bright shore, e - ter - nal; When from all sin and 

1 X 



£=l 



£ 



fH=^ 



r .1 n i i — - — i ! — ! — P 



D.S.- When Bor-rows fall up- 



^ -^-h ^fe^ 



IE 



*—& 



$=\- 



+i * * ^A. 



m 



HT gives corn-fort and cheer, I trust Him, I know that He in love will 

gave me sweet peace with -in, He saved me, And now my bur-dens all He 

sor > row I shall be free, with loved ones, Singing glad prais-ea to His 

1 X 



£ 



p t f r 



n me, He is my strength, and comfort, What-ev-er comes, I know He's 



on me, He is my strength, and comfort, What-ev-er comes, 

Fine Chorus 



mm 



m 



*=w 



a a ^ j 



g — a — g 



guide me each aay. He leads the way, 

helps me to bear. 

name e? • er-more.I know that Je-sus, my Sav-ior, leads the way, 



1 



*E 



:££: 



"1 X 



ife 



£2 



£=£=F 



te 



V4-4h 



*=£ 



j-^- 



i 



lead -ing the way. 



£5H 



DJ8^ 



I 



^ — S— ^ 



Each pass-ing day; 
And He will guide mo in safe-ty ev-'ry day, '•• i £'l love Him; 

^ 8 _ , jujm., 



§ 



f 



5PII 



S=t 



^TTt - 



3C±)i 



^Wr 



No. 37 



Holy, To My Lord 



Copyright, 1951. by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
T. H. S. in "Melodies of Joy" Thurman H. Smith 




1. On Gol-go - tha's hill Christ the Son was era - ci - fled, Gave Himself, the 

2. In His bless-ed name there is might-y sav-ing pow'r, And He is the 

3. He has conquered death, broke the pow-er of the grave, In His sav-ing 



f y i * i 



± ^ = r rr^ b~ i r^ == ^^~^h-~ F f~rr5 : 




-*— TM* 



\—aa £3 — m — —J I a to — I 



4=* 



■m r- 

There the sin - less One for the 
Bless • ed light that shines thru the 
Since I've learned to trust Him who 



m& 



signs of the wick-ed world to hide; 
light we are need-ing ev - 'ry hour, 
grace there is free-dom for the slave; 



£=£ 



-I 1 FW 



i=t= 



=£=£ 



15 



E 



=F^ 



5 s — * — S — P> — m u — i— 
y y l> y f ^ ^ 



D.S.— Walk-ing by His side, soon I 



& 



i^ 



fVi 



>Y.<$*&.f : -S; : F*F=* 



# 



-^ ^v 



guilt - y bled and died— 
dark-est clouds that low'r — 
died my soul to save, I'm sing - tag, 



Ho - ly, bo - ly, to my 



^teP 



4-S- 



I 



-P — T * - " 



M 5 5 L> 



£ 



t'm Binff - i 



y— ' 



shall be sat - is - fled, I'm sing - ing, Ho - ly, ho - ly, to my 
fore Chobus 

8 

EH h I I I l""|— ! ii h h h 



fc=C= 



^ 



JjJLi L jL LJ ! 



z± 



:*tt* 



IZ^ 



irrrr 



*- 



=£===* 



r ' trff F IT 

Ho - ly, ho - ly, to my Lord; 

Ho - ly, to ^ ^ nro Lord, I'm singing, 

J J- J ~JU* — 



Lord. 



k^toi 



to my Lord. 

■J-J* 




3tfc* 



'A -4 

Lord, to my Lord, 



tt=g 



te 



i 



-fM> 



:zP~x 



33! 



*Sfei 



D.K 



H 



a^ 



I 



^Frrro ^fry 



n- 



S9 



Ho - ly, ho - ly, to my Lord; 
pray-ing, shout-ing, to my Lord, to my Lord; 

^J* J.J. lJ p 



i J *j,j r 



1 



^tz^: 



.^=^_: 



«ET 



No. 38 The Savior Died On Calvary 

Copyright, 1951, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
W. I*. H. in "Melodies of Joy" W. Lee Higglns 




1 X 

1. The Sav --ior died on Cal - va - ry Our bouIb from 

2. While here on earth He went a - bout To lift and 

3. The judg-ment day is com-ing soon ^. Our rec - orde 




l> y U ' if > y y f 

death to save, from death to save; For us He bore 

save the race, the fall - en race; He healed the sick. 

will be known, yes, will be known; At ear - ly morn 

ft f\_ 

"■' iLSla a__j»_,»_a_a._i«. 



feN=tr-=^ 



v=t 



-y— w- 



t - r i r r 



tnrtnr 



D.S.-That we from death 




st 



=5t 



m 



^ 



-*--*- 



P 



-a(— *r 



- z u ^ r ^ n 



9 



«*>. ^ IX y p 

Bin's ag • o - ny His sin - less life He 

with - in, with - out Ee - vived the dead by 

at night or noon The Lord will claim His 



> *—<*> i*»_ 



± / *.<+. 



t± 



■* *- 



4 -4^-U 



■=*— cc 



=£=: 



fc 



y y y y 

might be made free And live 

Pine Chorus 

* -P— £ 



a • gam 



thru 






Z u £ u 

gave, for sin-ners gave. The Sav - ior died 
grace, by liv - ing grace. 
own, will claim His own. 



on Cal ■ va- 



The Savior died 



m 



m 



£££ 



fcL 



■=1 <♦ 



IHH£ 



I 



grace, thru sav-ing grace 



fe=fe 



p, — jN-JN — £ 



A-v- 



D.S. 



j=4f> 



s£ 



11 



*%rtr - : rtnrt 



■ w f» P (• 
y y y y 

ry, He free-ly took our place; 

on Cal-va-ry, He free-ly took our place, He took our place; 

-A- 



No. 39 



The Green Hillside 



Copyright, 1951, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
L. D.B., Jr. in "Melodies of Joy" L. D. Bassett, Jr. 




f=r 



=1=1: 



^5=S: 



-F 



z£ 



-P—9- 



1, 1 think a - bout the o - cean with waves so high, I think a - bont the 

2. No one to place a flow - er up-on their graves, No one to tell ■ of 

3. I heard no - bod - y weep - ing, I saw no tear, I heard no - bod - y 

.1 k3Jsicfcf=jfc=?s: 

:EEE=£i±l: 




in* 

war bombs burst-ing in the sky: At heart I have a sor - row I 

Je - sus, who in mer - cy saves; Far out a - cross the o - cean so 

read-ing from the Book so dear; The Sav - ior's love and mer - cy doth 




■J . J. jt 






Fine 



1=35 






5P=t 



— &— 0" 

can not hide, When thinking of my Bud-dies on the green hill - side, 
deep and wide, 'Twas there I left my Bud-dies, on the green hill - side, 
still a • bide, They're wait-ing for His com- ing, on the green hill - side. 




I 




if-* 

D.S.— I'll meet a • gain my Bud-dies of the green hill • side. 
Chorus ii. : £ h r> J p . 



Mfa- H-J-r^P 



m . 



S=5P 



"— g-ft 



s aj_j; aj 



On the green hill • side, o'er the o-cean wide, 'Twas there I left my Bud-dies 

fr !■ !v I rl 1 L -v-l 





D.S. 



^N-J-Jy^P^ 



_5 AJ— 3 



m 



=1=1: 



=t£^ 



sleep-ing side by side; When the Lord shall come, and shall take us home, 

jf-'^L.fcr ~ ^ - -r. ■»*■ ^ 



=: 




^H M * 



^=g=P 



£=fc 



No. 40 



Hurry Up Reapers 



Copyright, 1939, by Stamps-Baxter Music and Ftg. Co. 
JJ. F. S. in "Joyful Songs" D. F. Silvef 




&3 



£ 



3 



m 



i^ 



^ 



~ a"~ 4— at 



ar~~*r 



^5^ 



^ 



t 



1. Look a-round you,brother, sis-ter, there is much to do, Fields are read- y, 

2. Hap-py are the loy - al reap-ers, sing-fog as they go,Faith-fuI for their 

3. When our reap- fog here is end-ed and He calls us home, We shall praise His 




white to har-vest, la - bor-ers are few; If you want to live in heav-en, 
Lord and Mas-ter who has loved them so; Trusting Him for grace and cour-age, 
name for-ev - er 'neath the star- ry dome; We shall shout and sing to - geth - er 



WL£ t fl EEJ 



£3 






pmi. Bj \ fo&H&Hin 



in that home on high,Gath-er in some sheaves for Je- sus ere they fall and die. 
ev - er press-ing on, Soon to hear the words of welcome" en-ter in-tohome,' 
in that home on high, With all pain and trou-bles o - ver, we shall nev - er die. 



gti 1 



m3E U^n & m ^f^ t$m 



m 



r 



V — 5* 



r= 



Chorus 




^fe 



gg 



^£ 



r- t fr t t? t 'TTTTTT 

Hur-ry up, Hnr-ry up, 

a - wake, sleep -ers, go forth, reap -en, 

J JU J J J J J 



PPS 



!ULi_j_JLJ^ = ^ 



F? 



3B 3C 



fi 



=fr 




Bet the grain U ripe and ready , heed the Lird'i etamand; Hurry up, 



the sun is shin-fog, 



1 J J'J.J' J 



mm 



Hurry Up Reapers 



&=JH 



^ 



m 



a a a a 



gwrmrr* 



*=3F 



Hur-ry up, We shall have a hap-py time in heaven's glory land, 

lost souls are pining, 



i^mJdj^M&g* fAg^fe^g 



lt> « B I 



L) U I 1 1 H- 

v- g 1 [^ — b< — fcr- 



Sit 



SB 



£ g-y 



J ^ 



l kjz. 1 y " i p 9 \ W— J^- 

No. 41 Lord, 1 Wanna Be Ready 

SPIRITUAL 
Copyright, 1§39, by Stamps-Baxter Music and Ptg. Co* 
CD, in "Joyful Songs" Cleavant Derricks 

Chorus 



frEF 






S 



J^rgr? 



Lord, I wan-na be 



Read 



y, Lord, I wan-na be read - y, 



ra 



m ttftf 'FJ^ 



=f 



^ 



^M 






fr^F 



53 



£3^ 



^ 



Read - y, Put on my trav - el - ing 

Lord, I wan-na be To 



AMJ'JJ.r,* 



fir II? g Hi I I ~< 



si 



is 



J.JJiJ? R J-J^E 



E 



fe 



fc_.N^ -fr 



«I 



S3 



3^^ 



£ 



=£ 



5^3 



1. I know my robe isgon-nafit so well, 

2. Old Sa - tan had me, holding me so fast, Fnt on my trav-el-ing shoes; 

3. Sometimes I'm up and man-y times I'm down, 

4. I'm com-ing, Lord, I'm coming up so high, 



SI 






I tried it on at the gates of hell, 
I broke his chain, I am free at last, 
But still my soul now is heav'n-ly bound, 
To live where pleasures will nev-er die, 



Put on my trav-el-ing shoes. 




No. 42 Don't Forget Me 

Copyright, 1951, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing' Co. 
L. G. P. in "Melodies of Joy" Luther G. Presley 

ft v~j [ K h ft ps ft ft ft 




1. Good Lord, good Lord, When the saints are res - ur - rec -ted, Don't for-get 

2. Good Lord, good Lord, At the roll call some glad morn-ing, 

3. Good Lord, good Lord, When the mar-riage feast is giv - en, 
■^ ft ft h 
jstJLa jk^jk *• a* a *i *l 




When the wrongs are all cor - rec - ted, Don't for - get me, 
Are their white robes there a - dorn - ing, 

And the Bride-groom dine in heav-en, This is my plea, 

ft ft ft 

-A M * A) 4) 




£=£ 



£ 



-+*— 55- 



> F fr~ 



u u u 



Chobu3 



j — ^ 1 1 1 — L — -I a 1 J— ^ — -ai — Z2 f~" 



nrr 



Lord,don't for-get me, Don't for-get on that great day, 

When this old world is bnrn-ing, 



i* A 




r~ — ^ ; — r — 

flfgE 



:«ts=f 



y^—l-tA — uk — * 14 a, — i<k— a- -^ 



ftL-^'-J-il 



« 



*-*_ 



— Al 



^' ^ f 



?T 



=t 



3^» — ** — ■»■ 



-i^ 



,*^i *> 1 -*- 



*: 



When the lost are hid - ing a - way; Let me stand 

When hearts of men are fail - ing, Yes, when the saints are stand-ing 



F I U fr S r v 



^ 







-M 



^^^=teE? 



Don't Forget Me 

J- 



£3- 



l ^^±^ rn - r 



J=^ 



abat 






* - « <». 



in bright ar-ray, Don't for-get me, Lord.don't for-get me. 

This is my plea, 



&i 



-A — A—*- 



^f 



1 ?: 



-P»— F»- 



:yZ T )ir-r-l Li-r^=g=g 



F= 



ISo. 43 When God's Singers Are Gathered Home 

Copyright, 1951, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
W. F. B. in "Melodies of Joy" W. Freeman Boatright 

N *, . k, ._... ... ' ^_^ Pi 



M 



£ 



:£z£ 



* 



SIS? 



^ 



=F 



:^— ^: 



M==ra= 



^L_A l 



tK 



1. Here we gath-er and sing praise to Je-sus onr King, While in this land of 

2. Here our voic - esmay tire, fail- iug in our de - sire, Im - per-fec-tions in 

3. We'll be sing-ing up there songs of beau-ty so rare That will al-most lift 



wm 



pt=t= 



■+< — Mk — (*- 



fe^ 



L.I 1 L y 



t: 



fa 4 |g L I L , L y ^ — f— ^ 



-W-t 



to 



J=d 



Sfc 



£=F 






.E£ 



^-~ 






W=^: 



^j J ' ^1 a| , a! :J=g 



— «4j< 



sin we roam, we roam; But 'tis naught to compare with the sing-ing up there, 
ev - 'ry song, our song; In that fair land of peace all our dis-cords will cease, 
heav-en's dome.great dome; Voices nev-er will tire, naught the music can mar, 



:r 



*w= 



i fr-fr r- fr r 



t=t 



:i= 



-A A A A | ( U. 



£35fe 



y i y i V y w * i 

D.S^-- Shouts of vict-'ry we'll raise, friends u-nit-ed in praise, 
Fine Chorus 



1=3=F 



I l ^ W U „r . ,« 



=± 



:3=*= 



^=^=3z ij ^ S — g — *- zct=: 



When God's sing - era are gath-ered home. We shall sing, 

at home. Glad new songs we shall sing 

... iffrttw. fu. J. A J. 




^^ 



y u y 

to our King, When we cross o'er the rag-ing foam; 
to our dear Lord and King, dark foam; 

Al *k A h* *k— H 1 — f— - 



Ft 



:t=t=: 



11 



P Hg=A: 



*= 



No. 44 



The Rock 



Copyright, 1946, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co* 
Unknown in "Rainbow Rays" J. L. Hendrix 



£=* 



5 



=£ 



j-^ J J J- 



E£ 



m 



< ♦ ♦ <♦ ♦ 

ftnnr 



fffffff 



1. 1 do not stand on Bhift-ing sand And fear the 

2. The Bock nn-moved has ev - er proved The strong-hold 

3. And, how blest, how sweet their rest, Who to the 



WE 






M 




^=^ 



1 Kg 



P=W? 






iCCCC t "- * 1 



m that 



storm 
of . 

Rock 



^ 



rag - es; But calm and sure I stand se- 

sal - va - tion; Nor all the fell de- signs of 

, . are cling-ing; How they re - joice with heart [and ' 

•^~ \t» m a rrrr- 



§§ 



W^ f 1 




j^^-JUlJ 



Chorua 



s 



3 



1 a 



cure Up - on the Bock of A • ges. 

hell Can shake its sure fonn - da - tion. That Eoek is 

voice, Their hal - le -In - - - jahs sing-ing. 



m 



m 



j»p{~i 



g — *- 



t^^W+J 



t± 



s 



r> g g =p 



fe£ 



8± 



=3=*= 



m 



iiit 



3==X 



*m 



That Boek is Christ, whom Jn - das priced 

Christ, whom Jn- das priced At thir-ty 

1 J J J J 1 X *l J J J J 1 g 



P — p» 



s 



e 



' E g 



U U K 



fa ffi 



JJJ J 

■ w -« s * 



H 

J-A 



BB 



1 



^S 



n r> ^— ^^^ 



^vv ^ 



rH^r 



nrr r s 

At thir- ty sil -ver piec-es; No w heav'n and earth 

sil • - - - ver Now heav'n and earth pro-claimJHis 

!!! .0 (2 ; m 0.. 



&fr~Fz 



m 



£=^ - 1 x- 



SCZa A. 



£ 



=3=*= 



U U V 




P p r-p-J-^ 



The RoGk 



ihrishrH 



3== 



f 



!*1 *" 



c c c r c .* 

His prais-es. 



worth, 



pro-claim His worth, And an • gels sing 



tea j 1 1 j 



And an -gels sing 



PW 



3=s 



£ 



No 45 He Reaches Out His Hand to Me 

nu * J Copyright 1§46, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 

A. D. k in "Rainbow Rays" Aubrey Douthitt 

h E P 




£3 



atzaj: 



53 



ft- 



A 1 A) 



ai S 



^=^±3 



F * 



1. When bo wea - ry, lone and blue that I know not what to do, And the 

2. When I meet the e - vil band, and it seems I can -not stand, And my 

3. When I've done my ver - y best, yet but poor - ly stood the test,From my 

m g b STT £7 £7 r — P — F ^=L= l v r Ej^ 



m 



Ff=rf 






np - ward path I can - not see; 
heart is filled with mis - er - y, 
grief and shame He makes me free; 



When dark clonds obscure the sky, to the 
I fall on my knees and pray; "Follow 
Tho I'm weak, He's always strong; when I'm 




^1 aI A ar- 



I & fe 



D.S. — Tho I etum-ble and would fall, He will 
v Fine Chorus 









Al Ai aI A i-h atf 



aa fcaa 



Lord for help I cry, And He reach-es ont His hand to me. 

me," I hear him say, And He reach-es out His hand to me. Je -sua 

beat -en by the wrong.Then He reach-es out His hand to me. 



£=£ 



^ mvtfp yg 



m 



» v |) \> I 

hear me when I call, And He reach-es out His hand to me." 

is 



JJJJ j j l i-j j'JlJ^ff J U— "Ti l 



reach-es out His hand to me, Leads me back to safe-ty, ten-der-ly; 



-f-fe " 



=£=r* 



m^ MIT. M l 



tnr 



-tr-r- 



No. 46 Saved By the Blood 

Copyright, 1951, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
S, D. B. in "Melodies of Joy" S. D. Bruton 

A I 1ft' 




3 



=£=q=: 



rr 



aztS3E 



£=£ 



2^H^E3EE 



3t=azl 



1. My soul has been re -deemed, by blood that free-ly streamedFrom Cal-va- 

2. On rug - ged Cal - va - ry He died for you and me, For all who 

-•- -*- -m- -F- -F- -»- 



■♦ ^- 



ggreEgEg 



£=£ 



t 



&L 






:t=: 



-♦ — k- 



b>- 



1= 




— i — S-'-iv — (V — &■ — m 

y y . y 



ry, when Je-sus came, when He.came from glo-ry; From bond-age I am free, 
hum bly to Him came, to Him came, re-pent-ing; Bow down be-fore the Lord, 



fr y g 



-ft- 



t=t 



-fr- 



it: 



^£ 



ii — f- 



-*— y- 



Sczita; 



■tr-t- 



i^=^i 



e-rri* 



rFFP 



y y 



y J 



fr r 



- pr-T - t>_Jl_$ z 



-d—Sr 



h— fr 



^=« 



OSBEQ3E 



-s— g- 



es: 



-•- -*- -*- -•- F -•- 

y » y y 

new life has come to me, By trust-ing in His ho - ly name, in His name, 
o - bey the liv - ing word, Fol-low flim to the promised home, beav'uly home. 



:«r- 



=t=t= 



-F— *- 



J .I J J 



£fe*=!*=e=^- 



^P 



-| . . - L.ff y 



S 



fc^= 



-b U U 



1>p 



Choeus 




E^HEafcEiJz: 



IX N I -ft-E— i— ^ *tp i- 



■TAJ>JT1 



Saved, in Him be-liev-ing; saved, His grace receiving, His precious 
Saved by the blood, saved, 



. 1 X r3 



-3 X- — -£ Ft 55 — 55 55 Hr 



■v— p- 



^=5 



Mi 



£ 



*1— *- 






s^ftf? 



blood has made me free ; Saved , what gracious fa - vor , 

made me free; Saved by the blood, 






UuTT 



4 r» P t *. 



Saved By the Blood 



m 



t=^ 



h— F 



3£ 



1 



-a*-3C 



$ 



-»~y 



atzatfj^art 



-^-$-a j 



■zsr 



-zr 



-*- -»- R -s»- 
saved by Christ the Sav-ior, Glo-ry to Him who died for me. 
saved, _ „ you and me. 



m 






W- 



J 4 



-Fr--S 



1 



1— Sr-fr-fr- E=fe 



y u U if U j* 
No. 47 Down In the Valley With Him 

Copyright, 1951, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
Bernard B, Edmiaston in "Melodies Of Joy" Walter E. Edmiaston 

_D Pi *_ . -J* L D ts 




1. Down in the val ■ ley with Je - bub, Down from the moun-tain a - bove; 

2. Down in the val - ley of heart-achea, Bear-ing some bur-den of woe, 

3. Out from this vain world of fa8h-ion, In - to the light of His love, 




Tnist-ing each day in His prom-ise, Shar-ing His won-der - ful love; 
Spread-ing the news of sal va-tion, On with my Sav-ior I go; 
Giv - ing my life to His ser - vice, Dai - ly His pow - er I prove; 



^t? 1^ U S i L . U U 

— I H 1 F — F— ^1 

w y u y y y 




t=& 



-r — j— - r 




Down from the hill - tops of beau 
£now-ing no barm can be- fall 
He will be with me for - av « 



■ty, An-swer-ing love's call to du - ty, 

me, An - y-where Je - sus may call me, 

er, Noth-ing our un - ion can sev - er, 




-J 



I 



seat 



•&- 



% 



3^EE5 



■=$■ 



^ ■ ■ «!.>. 



y 

Down, down, down, down, Down 
Down, down, down, down, Down 
With Him, with Him, Iv - 



in the val - ley with Him. 

in the val • ley with Him. 

er with Him I shall be. 

3Z-' hV «» |A flp_ 



i 



F— i — !▼ _ f-V 



r — fr- 



it 



3te 



~ — r 



No. 38 After Avvhr!e 

Copyright, 1950, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co.- 

in ""Rptter Srvnjra" Th«.^ 



T.S. 



in "Better Songs' 



Theodore SJsk 




1. Oft - en we sing to the great King, 

2. Oft • en we're sad, man - y times bine, 

3. On that bright shore, tron-bles all o'er* 



m 



s 



mEB -'^-'-5 



] 



@S3 



£ 



f=*=R 



vrr 






£S 



g 3 a] y — , 

* ■*--*■ — ? j b b r 

As we go trav-'ling down life'B path -way with a smile, a son -ny smile; 
And it seems that we nev - er know just what to do, just what to do; 
We shall be sing-ing praise to Him for ev - er-more,for ev - er-more; 



w* 



mz 



r t Ml i y fr 



1 



P p eg 



£ 



*#?-* 



^^ 



ip I'jjj a 



ffi 



fr^ 



Let ns all work, 
Won-der - ml love, 
Mel-o • dies sweet 



Jl 



du - ty not shirk, 
comes from a -bove, . 
Je - sua we'll greet, 



MF* 



4a 



ft 



jM 



1 



^ fi rT 



bells will all ring, 



3XS.— Then we shall sing, 



± 



Mm 






i^NgU- — S ^jl 



^t 



"^ ] ^' C ir 



Hal • le • la ■ jah.we shall 



B@s 



see heav-en af-terwhile,yes, af - ter while 



« 



Jl 



1 



n 



Chorua 



^^ 



=feM^ 



l S ** w ^ < fi .8- — *- H A i 1 



Af - ter a- while, . 



E 



*l 



af • ter a-while,... 



1 



II 



rT" 6 " 



i 



f^ 



After Awhile 



Aj' ji<f iN^fcf^ aiT^j'n 



-& 



Voic 



es will blend in tones most per • feet af - ter while; 

yes, af • ter while; 



m C k C if 






g g 



^=^p 



i 



I 



s Is 



£ 



tz=tz= 



* F 



S=F 



No. 49 



Accept Love's Plan 



Copyright, 1§50» by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co.- 
H. A. K. in "Better Songs" Horace A. Kennedy 



pM&£4-tote =m 



39 3 -^ ■* 



1. Have yon heard the gos - pel sto • ry , How the sin • ner may be free; 

2. There is end - less death a - wait - ing, Or e - ter - nal life for thee; 

3. Do not long • er seek earth's pleas-nres, Tnrn and hnm-bly trust the Lord; 



mMr^h 







How the Sav - ior came from glo - ry For yon and me, and me? 
why Lin • ger, still de • bat • ing? His love is free, so free. 
Set your heart on heav'n-ly treas-ures, - bey His word, His word. 




^dl^ 



Choeus 



fej— ai — 5 bszzszza ~\ -ta a a a * L*i q a q : 



y w U L» u U 1 

sns died on the cross, To re-deem poor fall - en 

Je - bus died on the cross, To save 



w 



i££ 



I 



b i l 



£=£: 



-5^ 



t£ 






^ 



J 1 . 1 1 h >± r— -ari- 



rrr 



man; If yon'd en • ter life e ■ ter* nal, Ac-cept love's plan. 

fall - en man; love's plan. 

*~ 1 ' ' [ I a" ^" -fjt-ff ^i^ !a. rp — 



§s 







Eg g I 1 lt.-QZE 



No. 50 



Let Me Ride 



Copyright, 1951, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
L. M. S. in "Melodies of Joy" Lynwood M. Smith 



B_J r* 






w 



1. When the Lord comes to pi - lot His chil-dren To the bright glo - ry side, 

2. When my last snn of life has gone down, and Time on earth is no more, 



25 



-Ia— -S 



*fc 



fcfc 



T~ i— t ~ 



s=2 



^HA bk kk bk bk bk 1* bk bk 1— 



P=^=Z*C 



I — £ — £ — j7 — £r 



P - S^Tfe a^- ad *■ ai- p*1 -I ^— 






*3S 



1 would be read - y with Him to heav-en, On a bright clond to ride. 
Let me, with Je - sus and the bright an-gels, En • ter fair heaven's door. 




Choruf 



sisEfe* 



^g^S^S^^ 



Mf 



frV* 



Bide on the bright cloud, go with the great King Je-sus, 

let me I want to 



m 



-bk — I 1 \=- -bk- 



E-gL rfr L : 










1 



Gat 



f 



*r— A- 



God's trum-pet shall sound, ring - ing lond; 

Pre-pared when in ev - 'ry na-iion, ring-ing load, so loud; 

-* \LV I L' lk'gv U 

« — 1*- -i y- 



m 



i^ n£ 



^^z ^-f—^-^h^M^p - ^ ■, g y- fe^ 






M x - 



i3^ 



I 



^ 



TVZ 



■1=3= 



sss* 



Meet Him in the air, " " sing-ing with countless an - gels, 
I want to and join the 



*.te- -.feK^ 



ft— i*- 



Tt=B=£ 



^f-g HJ-B 



S~^ 



^— X- 



i 



^^ 



♦£ 



^*=**=fTVr¥Ftt 






Lot Me Ride 



jyffT — ^— m T r i> u* ] v — r * 



Bide with my dear Lord toheav-en on the glo - ry cloud. 
let me on the glo-ry cloud. 

■A- -A-* _ -A- I*" "P- J* J^ I 

-A Srfk- 5 k£t Hk- -i* = r; * 1 



m 



m 



**- 



-$=% 



a VHfr 



£ 



-b>~rV 



on 



the cloud. 



Ho. 51 Don't You Hear the Invitation? 

Copyright, 1951, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
Mrs. Ethel P. Hanson in "Melodies of Joy" Clyde Williams 




« 



1. Don't you hear the in - vi -ta - tion? Je - bus calls for you to • day; 

2. Now'sthe on - ly time that's promised, Trust Him ere it be too late; 

3. Come to Je - sua, He will save you, While there's time,con-fess your sin; 

— u— E= 



t=A 



=£=F^ 



H 



A^-A* 

ma 



9=t 



^& 



h i i \, n , i i e 



M 



1?J7J 




B$ 



* 



'si =■*- 

■2 — w- 



t fegRPtt 



-■H*p 5-r~^ --I- — -h * n : 



m 



Do not wait for some to - mor-row, Soon this life will pass a - way, 
Je - sus of - fers you sal - va-tion— What will be your fi - nal fate? 
• pen now your heart nn • to Him, Hum-bly bid Him to come in. 



te=t 



:b 



*: 



mm 



-Wk Hk Uk- 1 



HI— tiHl I— I — g 



*=* 



Chorus 




SI 



Don't you hear the in - vi - ta - tion? To re - deem your soul He died; 

-A- -*-• -m-* •**- -m* . A> 1*- -A- -A- 



■i — 



J — I — u 



I 



Uk 1 ■* W~ 



■f*-*-m-' 



fS-r-m- 



Hf— J 1 1— 1 H 1 A « A * M 



^ 



£f 








iiil 



- pen now the door to Je - bub, Let Him in your life a - bide. 



£="£ 



Ez rL • " : V -fl 



fcg j- — f A A . - A — A- 



1 i r 






a 



No. 52 And So I'm Glad 

Dedicated to Okay Quartet, Okay, Arkansas 
Copyright, 1949, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
Lather G. Presley in "Boundless Love" Horace A. Kennedy 

Not too fast 




— * S-b^- 



^Sfe^Efe^* 



331 



- "^ — H- 



a^^^zza: 



m 



1. Yon ask me why I bor-row glad-ness in-stead of sor-row, Why skies a- 

2. You ask me why I love Him, plac-ing no one a-boveHim,Striv-ing His 

3. You ask me where I'm go-ing, my friend, you should be knowing, Heaven is 

4= — t- 



^£ 



H 



I 



:«=: 



rF— f— m 



D>u i y y y u U 




-*- 



M* 



IUJU^ 



T^ 



p-^-J-^ 



*=£ 



S^F 



♦I « ♦ • ♦ ♦!-: 1— 

& — m At A t w +) i 



bove are al-ways blue, ev - er blue; The rea- son is just the sim-ple sto-ry, 
bless-ed will to do, al-ways do; Well glo- ry, I came to Him con-fess-ing, 
wait-ing for the true, tried and true; And on some won-der- ful glad to-mor-row 

1 X 




Je - sus who came from glo • ry,Mak - ing my life a - new, new, a - new. 
He gave to me the bless- ing, He saved me thru and thru, thru and thru. 
I'll leave this land of sor-row,That home of love to view,proud-ly view. 

J J J 



■r— -JBH "r— "•*" ' I * "•" H— -r— ~ -■- jm m 



] 



=3* 



Chobus 



i= * == [ " 1 .1 .r'iiJ '. r ' h . N' l ~3 = fr J > JTfe = 3 : # ; 



Glad the Sav-ior found me, placed His arms around me, I am 
And so I'm glad, glad, Glad 



f*=£ 



a-U_e 



g 



^ 



V 



£ 



fe^b^^^ ^-^ t i / -r f ,R 



& 



fac- ing heav-en's goal; 



Glad the way is brigh-ter, 
shin-ing goal to glo- ry; Glad, 







1 



And So I'm Glad 



j J ] , J > ]' J|i i J r> J ,, J WH "' j I I 



bur-dens so much light- er , Glad, I'm 
1. Glad 



•j -Mr •■■ •■■ - 



m my soul. 

trust-ing soul. 



i J^J^ rp -, J-fj 



I 



*EES£ 



The Truths Of Lon* A&o 



P 



± 



No. 53 . ..v, . . «v..~ v . ™. d . , d x 

Copyright, 1949, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Cov 
B. B. Edmiaston in '-Boundless Love" D. A. Hunter 

jn r* n is » » k r» 




1. To a lit-tle church house gray ,8tand-ing on a hill, With my friends I 
2,1 re - call the dear old men who would preach the word, With sometimes a 
3. They would show the aw- ml doom wait- ing for the lost, Death thru all e- 




used to go; 
sol-emn youth; 
ter - hi - ty; 



When we met a ho - Iy hush seemed the place to fill, 

They would sing, and hum-bly pray,wor-ship-ping the Lord, 

Then they'd tell of Je-sus' love, how He paid the cost. 



lufrnT.mrtm f s 



* 



<et 



an 



S=« 



6t fs ft 



e£&=3 






Fore Chorus 



I 






fcj^y 



43 A "^ [A At A £s 1 

f^Twf 17 r 17 r f n *H 



Peace in ■ to our hearts did flow. Deep in my soul, 

Then they'd preach God's simple truth, 

Dy - ing that we might be free. "Ring-ingdeep in my soul, 

Jl-PJ 



■rrr-rrf i 



m 



&-~ ■ 



D.S.-And in pow-er on-tterdnow. 



fc# 



K D.S. 



£ZT2 J ^ ^Sb 



rrTT 



Are the truths of long a - go; 



My life con-trol, 
[May they my life con-trol, 




i. 

No. 54 Pm Happy Serving Jesus 

Copyright, 1951, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
Rev. Rupert Cravens in "Melodies of Joy" W. Lee Higgins 




1. What joy be-yond ex-pres-sion, in its a - bid - ing full-ness I 

2. What beau - ty all a - round me! what vis -ions of His glo - ry! I 

3. What bless -ed hope He gives me! what joy- ous, glad as-sur-ance! I 




have with - in my heart from day to day, from day to day; Since Je - sua 
see since He Has changed my life witb-in, my life with - in; I'm free from 
see by faith a ci - ty built foursquare, that's built foursquare; It is my 




sought and found me and changed my life from darkness, And took my heav-y 
Sa - tan's fet-ters, no long-er in his pris - on, The Sav -ior set me 
home e - ter - nal, with all the saints im • mor-tal, He leads me on, and 



t-~ 



\ [■ I — F 1- kE he fee Wr 1 ( 1 F F ts k. 

£ ft & ' r ftVtr-H"- fc i , ir -TffiF z * 



F=SC 



D.S.— Where joys for ev ■ er- 

f IHE CHOEUS fc K 

P h f* 




ri r^r 



bur • dens all a-way, yes, all a - way. 

free from all my sin, from all my sin. I'm hap - py serv-ing Je-sns a- 

Booo I'm go-ing home, I'm go-ing home. 




more shall o-ver-flow, shall o - ver-flow. 




long the way to heav-en, He saves and cleans - es me from sin I 



£e 



^S*-»= — .*= K 



*:: 



t ^-ir - r -ir-fcr- r-rTrT i J 



m 



*=&. 



ff- 



I'm Happy Serving Jesus 



r=F£=£=F 






know; 



g£ 



To Him I will be faithful till crowns up there are given 
from sin I know; 

:£-&*-.+^ £: £: .♦.^♦^.♦-Iff:.*-:?: .f--^>- 
— b* — ■ — m — U-=H h — t- — h-*- — 1 7 — rr- 4- — t — r- 



r=M 



^a 



i-y- 



■tf— tf u u> u 



=£=^ 




*£=£ 



-b>— bH 



No. 55 Jesus Is Listening When You Pray 

Copyright, 1951, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
Bev. Alfred Bairatt in "Melodies of Joy" W. Lee HlggbiB 




i 



4=3: 



^ 



m 



3 



J — 1- 1 1 j m m 
" ■^.: , ^4 tt j-g--j-j. 



1. Be not im - pa-tient though God tar-riea long, Keep up your conr-age and 

2. Tell Him your trou-bles and tell Him your grief, Just when you need Him He 

3. Lean on His prom-ise, He gives what is best, Je - sua will an-swer your 

4. En- ter your clos - et and wait on the Lord, Trust in the Sav-ior, be- 




lt 



t=t 



m 



M f H i FT [Ay J4 s ' ^ 



A i > j j -j - =a . i J J J J" j 11 . 

. -|j^ — ^ — ^ — &±J-o — — m — 9 — 9 — *-•- 



i 



Si. 



3= *l-J-rj4 

^ ^ ^ _i_ 



^L-M_aL 



sing a sweet song, Pray without ceas-ing by night and by day, 

brings you re - lief; Good-ness and mer-cy are fiood-ing your way; Je-sua is 

fee - ble re-quest; Bring your pe-ti-tion, no long-er de-lay, 

lieve on His Word; Tho you have wandered in pathways a-stray, 

-a — a.* * MW — W~ 




lis-ten-ing when you pray. Je-sus is lis-ten- ing when you pray, Je-sus is 

-I f 1- — | A 1A Li it It 14 ■ 



Billi 



r^F 



pe=m 



t; 



l l l l 



£=E=:f 



iz 



rhh 



f 




I 'I I- 



j _j^ 4 -4-h 4t4+j i 1 h : 



1 



p 



-^ g - L 



lis - ten-ing when you pray, Let noth-ing fill yon with doubt and dis-may , 



No. 56 



Tune in on Heaven 



Copyright, 1950, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
B. E. F. in "Better Songs" B. E. Fulmer 

. t __v_> ! ft _* - ft ' 



^^ ^m^ ^m^&m^ 



1. Turn your ra - di - o to -day on God's sta-tion o'er the way, Tune in on 

2. You may hear the an-gels sing in that land of end-less spring, 

3. Turn a- way from sin and strife,seek the joys of end-less life, 



grjrrgHr 



Lr-Etr^zE: 



-^ fcc- 



— - rg <*■ 

szzjs: 



-trtr-r- 



:t==t=: 



v . --y A - g 



lr-tr 



£?J 



@fe 






— -, N— -P - I ' -i 



* 



heav-en, land of love; 



EH 



He's an-nounc-ing all the time, from that 
You may hear the harps of gold, as the 
the land of love;Lis - ten not to e - vil's din, it would 




love-ly, peace-ful clime, Tune in and hear from home above. 
Bongs of praise un-f old, 

bind your soul _in sin, from home a-bove, 

ft ft 

J -4 




~W p- | \j V i) V \j 
Tone in, Tune in on 

on God's great sta-tion, tune in from ev-'ry na-tion, 

J_J* jP;,;j J /jut! 



^s 



fe^g 



:s c 



P~^~P 



? r » b 



ii 



;s 



r c g c g c ' 



Z=SP=9 



that great land of love; Tune in, 

the land of love, and glad-ness; hear an - gels sing-ing, 

X 



J > j» AJ> J$ 




1TT7 



Tune in on Heaven 



m 



-♦'—♦' -3 ♦— m— m— m^ ~ 



1 



U 



?T 



2=^t 



# 



nr? 



b : 1=7 

Tune in and bear from home above, 
tune in.hear home bells ringing, from home a-bove. 



m 






FF 



Jesus Saved Me 



No. 5Z 

Copyright, 1950, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
James L. Palmer in "Better Songs" Johnie L. Haynes 




^ 



£3E?|£ES± 



m 



— 1 - T 1 . h & — t 



1. Once I was wan-d'ring out in sin's val - ley, Grop-ing in dark-ness, 

2. As I press on - ward, Je -sus is with me, Guid-ing my foot-steps 

3. If you are lone - Iy, bur-dened with sor-row,Or when earth's friends have 

-m- -H-* m . H •■- -| -(»-» m - — - m — J0m 



& 



^^i^^s 



■ F ■ ■ W" 



p 



*^7 




* 



-M 



^y 



a 



*9& 



■ J c I ^ ^1 h ,, ^ — «-! hs 

a - m m — =B — ftSB_i 



not see; 
ter day; 
a - way; 



Je -sns then found me, lift - ed the shad-ows, 
When Sa-tan's fore -es seem to con -fuse me, 
Look to the Sav - ior, trust Him to guide you, 




D.S.— Soon I shall meet Him yon - der in glo - ry, 
• Fnra Chorus 




♦ — « v 

- ing, hap - py and free. 

to show me the way. Je • sus has saved me! 
He'll turn in - to day. 



won - der - f ul sto 



E=£ 



ry, Trust-ing His love I ev - er shall be; 

M 0L- 






F£ 



No. 58 Beyond the Golden Hills 

Copyright, 1951, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
W. A. S. in "Melodies of Joy" W. Allan Sims 




=^te§ 



=F 



* j J' 3 — ^ 



ffifc£ 



^— J— 5 



^-5-^3r-^ 



-Jsr-*- 



*—■• 



1. Be • yond the gold • en hills, in the sky, the sky, There is a 

2. Be - yond the gold - en hills is my home, sweet home, The love - ly 

3. Be - yond the gold - en hills, in that land, fair land, U - nit - ed, 



m 



mm 



tfcfe£z=r 



m w 1 — 



£- 



]•=£=: 



M*^ 



: F b £" y y 



^m 



4 — h-Xn 



-I a ! — «H»J— 



-■■ — =■* — =*<■ 



fe=£ 



a_-feo— n£ 



i=^=±5= 



r r p -s- --^ 

conn-try gleam-ing with love, with love; I'm go - ing to that home land on 
man-Bions filled with de-light, de-light; Un-fad - ing flow'rs are al - ways in 
we will sing vict'ry's song,new song, In prais -ing Je - sus with that great 




m 



y 1 ' y 

high, on high, And join the saint-ed mil-lions a-bove, a - bove. 
bloom, full bloom, And Christ, the Lord of all, is the light, the light, 
band, great band, And live for - ever with heaven's throng, glad throng. Be-yond the 



-f^-^-i^- 



S=S= 



3^ 



*=* 



1—1—1- 



r 



•s*, 



nr^r 



mm 



-Ai — a) — a- 



-*— w 



M — *t 



Gold - en hills, home of love Wait - ing 

bright hills the man-sions of love For us are wait • ing 



as, 



m£ 



m 



JL 



1 S 



^— *■ 



£=£ 



t=t 



^=FFg 



PE 







^3— t 



^ 



with the blest; Glo - ry bright, 

with all of the blest; We'll share the glo - ry of heaven 

1 8 ! al xi «a ~ . „ ,a xl aL 



m 



fcj — J — ±z 



Beyond the Golden Hills 



$m 



i i e 



= 1 — i — r~n 

y — ^ — » — j-> 



d *l X 



heav'n a - bove, From all grief we shall rest, 

bove, . And from all sor - row for • ev • er we'll rest. 



J_^L 



J» -i 



J=P 



m 



wt 



E 



♦ ^ 



=£ 



ft- — *- 



4 ? F — t- 



5=E 



fef 



No. 59 

H.L.T. 



£3 

■N h 



Look Unto Him 

Copyright, 1937, Stamps-Baxter Music Co. Henry T,. Thompson 

M 



* * n — n — w — i— * — a- 



H 



S 



■*r-tom 



^^ 



^ 



■ g fcabb o f 



1. Would you know the Savior, my dear friend? 

2. Are the bur - dens heav • y that you bear? You must look, look, look unto Him; 

3. If you reach that ci - ty in the sky, 



mm 



f m 



« 



^ -P- 



£ 



ill 



K 



h 1 h I I- P 



■4rg 



rr^f 



F*=* 



3 >j i #» ■ b^-^j* i i B * ■ i ^ r w ^ 3 Fg Ej 



He will love and keep you to the end, If you look, look un • to Him. 

He will light - en ev - 'ry load of care, 

You'll be sing - ing as the days go by, look, 



rr'r fr p * Ir r r E ^ ' ^ i t ' 



& 



Chobus 



D.S.— If you look, look on -to Hun. 



V/HUHUB ft , 

fpi l r r g r a 5 a a 1 * lr r r 



f 



Come to Je - bus, trust Him all the way, He will keep you 

Come to Je-sus, He will keep yon 



A— A- 



* m F 



~J- 



Jfc. 



Hi 



S£fc 



F H > 



IT Li U ' 



trf 



i J-p , p.N J J i.' J i to 

i 1 — a — ^j ( — b _ ^ — i — m — a,_ 



D.S. 



SI 



r f ' r l , w ? ^jp. 



hap - py er - 'ry day; On - ly trust Him, He will be your stay, 

On - ly trust Him 

F m A F F h*- 



jg ff g ff g r~ 



-± — F — F- 
-M — m — i — 

i i r 



1 



g u f u r 



No. 60 There'll Be Peace In the Valley 

Copyright, 1951, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 

in "Melodies of Joy" Arr. V. O. Fossett 




1. 1 am weak, I am wea - ry, bat I must go a - long Till the 
2. Well, the wolf shall be gen -tie, and the li - on be tame, With the 



VM b S EE E Li 5 5 b— Lrt L ^L L i .; E H 



P=S=c r _ tr 



i^ 



5& 



£=£ 



5==* 



g g 



52: 



Lord comes and calls me a • way, a-way; Thru the night dark and gloom-y 
lamb shall the leop-ard lie down, lie down, And the beasts of the for-est 



te» K j j g g frr irt E- *-fa£ g g g- 




heav-en's Lamb is the light, And He turns darkness in-to bright day, bright day, 
shall be led by a child; There'll be peace when true love is made known, made knows. 



^m 



1 



e=* 



tr. . f . 



e 



-m — »*- 



±-U 



t=t=^ 



1 



B 



1 u u 



FF 



iczp: 



r t C 



9 & 



Chorus 




m 



There'll be peace in the val-ley some day, When nn - right-eous-ness 

some day, 



rrrr i~ , r f - 1~ r r , t~ f- -f= 

j — EEB5 _k— jg-jg- k j g ^ 



?=== 



p p 



F Pryfr 



ei 



* 



MA=fcbfcj& 



^s 



s=s 



ea a - way; No more sad-ness, no sor - row, no 

a - way; No more sad - ness, sor - row, 



£^ jr- rrJLEg=g^£ 



r-*- 



*= r-T-f-Hr-E 



r=^ 



e 



There'll Be Peace In the Valley 



fe=*==at=z=a|: 



3=J> 



4: 



^ 



:ft*= 



s 



afet 



fcJZT 



#* 



IB 



f * r 

trou-ble I'll see, There'll be peace in the val-ley for me. 

sball I see, for me. 



£=fe 



jg~ -frr 



£= 



g m *^ 



^J-J 



SI 



s 



m= 



a 



No. 61 



y y 



Jesus, the Only One 



Copyright, 1951, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing' Co. 
B B. E. in "Melodies of Joy" B. B. Edmiaston 






-^ 



1. Who has died to save-as from our sin? 

2. Who will hear and answer humble pray 'r? Jesus, the Ho-ly Fa-ther's Son; 

3. Who can take a-way death's bitter sting! 



m g 



f?*«- 



SHHt: 



S 



££ 



jrj>zg 



i 



££ 



# 



t ri - fr 



£?' •■ ? I — - 



ffif 






* 



— 4 s ad * ■ > ■ *N 



^5 



ft— ft 



• -T-T+- 



5 8 m * y « 



Who can cleanse our lives and keep us clean? 

Who will give us strength our cross to bear? Je-sus! He is the on-ly one. 

Who will at the cross-ing vie -fry bring? 



P *■ 



^ m 



1 



at 



T^l 



?c=z?c 



H5 



E E b I Ff 



± 



Choeus 



=t 



£ 



■ a bs ^t» a * i ^ B* 



*vy g — «i — — — •* 



¥ 



Je - bus, Je-sus, ten-der true and brave; Jesus, Je-sus, vie -tor o'er the grave; 

-+ 1 ffi 1 1 




^EJ^ ^^^S^i 



Je - sua, Je-sus, He a - lone can save; Je-sus! He is the on • ly one. 

■I — -St 



a N . e 1~" g * 



S 



*. ^ m h.-^ 



-I— - g — y— fc> — jg 



^^ii^iii^ 



7 ? yr v y 



Mo. 62 With Joy I Sing He Is my King 

Copyright, 1§43, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 



P.B.S. 



in "Anchored Faith" 




Sii S Saff MiM 



P.B.Shaw 



f» P fa 



s J d 



^**^^wB^ 



1. Since I crowned my Sav-ior as the bless-ed Lord of all, With joy I 

2. Since I read the sto - ry and al - le - giance to Him gave, 

3. On the judg-ment morn-ing I shall meet Him face to face, 



-*—*■ 



B^ 



i 



» X 



1 -1 X 



m 



v — v — v — V 



w^^rA** \^-^^ m 



m 



&$ 



ittCU 



V* 



eing He is my King; I am win-ning 

Giv-ing Him the 
With joy I sing He is my King e-ternal;Cro wns my brow a* 

"j^frp ■ *]*• i y . — ,1^* g6tej J-i 



^§P^ 



-*-*- 



m 



P TVITf ggg 



^ ■ f^ ere 



&= 



^^S 



H 



53 



1 1 X - 



SffPI 



r t « 



With joy I sing He is my 



fa - vor as I heed His loving call; 
lo - ry .trusting Him my soul to save, 
orning,pleading naught but saving grace, With joy I sing 

3* iJ^jg^ 



iifgf 



m 



^=& 



z 



fepi= 



^ 



Chorus 



JJjJ^ * 



S 



=i £- 



g j C E f ' E F f' f- — g g °JT * ' 

Eing. With joy I sing 

my Lord and King. With joy I sing He is my 

J..J J J J. 






u- h ^ g ^ ^ 



=£ 



M * I-, J J J~T3 * I 

El g ^ tJr- * g I * U- ^.1 



vi * J J i 



King, This mel - o - dy 



He is my King, This mel - o - dy 

King, This mel - o - dy He gave to 



Nrffff- * ^g 






3 — *- 



1 



With Joy I Sin£ He Is my Kin* 




f-f— f-f-fr 



1 



P i x 



-« wa «a" 



m 



s ^— *- 



bos gave to me; Sim to bright-ly shine 

me; It makes the to .know that 



- ^ i^-^ f- eMjJ J ., 



^a ^^a^ ^ ^ff^ 




. i , » — — L tN y r Er r 



He is tra -ly mine, Now I sing He is my King. 

With joy I sing my|Lord and King. 

4M 



k 



1 s 



flp: 



■ fe^ 



mM 



I 



fe^Ft 



I 



^^ 



^ 



m 



£ 



tt 



No. 63 What Do the flowers Say? 

FUNERAL 

Copyright, 1943, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 

J. B.C. in "Anchored Faith" J. B. Coats 



I 



m 



a, 



^fr 



fv— h- 



£ 



w 



^J^j-^hP^-n 



p 



^ S 2 2 aI a! ^ 1 



3t±# 



U b 

1. God knows our weakness, when death comes along, He sees the tears that fall, 

2. There is a sweet calm that covers the soul, Sent from our Lord so true, 

3. If yon are lost as you gaze on the face, When it lies cold in death; 



B^N £ k 



£ 



tt:Zk* 



m 



r^f\[ 1 1 r l tkt }Z 



jzS^z 




But there's a fragrance that lin-gers so near, Bos-es that bloom for all. 
Speak-ing a message more ten-der than words,Child, peace be unto yon. 
Think of yourjourney.don't wait till too late, Trust not the dy-ing breath. 

1 Wi l"r 



&$ S h P -* =e 



—i 1 a 



iffli 



U. L. a !a 



g w g 



1— tr 



D.S*— Christians will gather in heaven to stay, That's what the flowers say. 

Chorus D. Si 




£=£=£ 



SI 



P L> P ' 6 'p g 



r'gTT^ 



Lis - ten what flowers say When our ' friends pass away, 

What do the flowers say When our friends pass a-way? 



£^£ 



g 



i=z 



-^4- 



£ 



]S *> 



j~- 



■^ 



No. 64 



Lord, Guide Us 



Copyright, 1951, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
B. B. Edmiaston in "Melodies of Joy" J. ft. Vainer 







f=g=f 



1. Deep con-ster • na - tion is cov - er - ing the whole world to - day, 

2. De - cep - tion, false-hood and greed men's con - fi - dence have destroyed, 

3. Faith still is liv - ing in hum - ble hearts who seek for the light, 



es£ 



mm 



mte: 



— F- 



:t 



^==j^ 



jk — * fe 



- 4. >• > >fc 



g U r ? 



C — Cr 



b D b 



fc 



*= 



*d Ar M 1 ^- 



Si 



m 



f>— ga 



=t 



F=e= 



C ' f C 



Lord, show the na 



tions what to do; 
Show the na - tions what to do, what to do; 



m§ 



j* j j. 



ir 



^ 



^ 



£-_6- 



£=? 



fr-E 






^=» 



sH-^ g B 



152 



rT"? - ^^^}^^ 



IF 



t/ 



De - pend-ing on hn - man wis- dom, man- y have lost the way, 
So man - y lead • ers have sold their hon - or, by sin em -ployed, 
Help us, dear Fa - ther, the wrong to - ver-come with the right, 



St 



r r e s 



^^ 



-P — m- 



PP 



t=i 



f f ^ 



j^E 






*= 



Chorus 



3TS 



^~ irw * s "^n* cr r VT fr 



Thou the on - ly ref - nge true. 
Thou art the on - ly ref - uge true, ref-uge true. In wis- dom, 



E£E£ 



P=i^ 



Bffft-** 



$=£ 



EC 



* 



P* 



IrY 



■«¥ 



ppilf 



t=t 



E^O- 



3= 



^1 3 Al 



C~ C E~M* ^ ^ t~* J t I* 



rr 



Guide us, hide ns, Help us to walk 

Lord, guide ns, and In Thy word hide ns, Help ns walk 



fcfc 



f f i 



*=t 



r-f 




*=E=^E^ 



Lord, Guide Us 



^ 



•^ w v u y y 



4—4. 



f 



i^ez: 



"tr- 1 



H 



the gos - pel way; Ring true, 

the gos - pel way, heav-en's way; may our life ring true, and gold- en 



££ 



a 



S3: 



: f=F 




-4-4 






3=f— fr 



T^TT 



rrTf 



bring, too, Turn this world's dark - nessin-to day. 
sheaves bring, too, Turn onr dark-ness in - to day, per-fectday. 



t—r- 



; gy-r- p f -q— 1 



££e£ 



P 



t 



-i— — i— — i — i — i — 



i ' f i> 



No. 65 



? 



Lord, Remember Me 

S 



Copyright* 1947, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ftg. Co. 
W.E.H. In "Highest Praise" Walter E. Howell 

,cfcfcg= 



^s 



^=F=£ 



S 



a 4 a RF ^ F^tg^ 



1. Dear Lord.from whom all bless-ings flow, I lift my heart to Thee, 

2. When pain, dis « ease and pierc-ing grief, This fee- ble bod - y see, 

3. And when my days are numbered here, And from this world I flee, 




In all my 

Grant peace, 
May Thy rich 



trou-bles here be - low, 

Lord, and kind re • lief, 

grace dis - pel all fear, 

"3_ 



m^fftf^ 



Lord, re-mem-ber me. 

Lord, re • mem -ber me. 

Lord, re - mem -ber me. 

— f* — p* 



r-r eg 



^r=# 



from all doubt to-day, 



tit 



O.S. — Grant freedom 
Chorus 



Lord, re - mem-ber me. 
D.S3 



ononis « K N -«. s */.ov 

1 1 1 Ll ^r l J' 1 il ljJ'D-Ilm 



pp 



mHS-£ 



Lord, re - mem-ber me, I pray, Till heaven's gates I see, 

- 33 



4 a 



r f g i ib e fe 



a 



*=* 



a ■ v 



No. 66 



When My Savior Gomes 



Copyright, 1941, by Stamps-Baxter Musie & Ptg. Co. 
G. S. D. in "Super Specials No. 3" Guy S.Duncan 



• « ^ — m- 






1. I want to serve my Sav-ior as on my way I go, I want to 

2. yon have heard the sto - ry how Christ died for onr sin, And there is 

3. There is a time that's coming which we have read a - bout, We can-not 



l ' ' b b D B 




B& 






* 



3 S i 



£n: W 5 I 



f 



££T 



do my dn - ty while on this earth be - low, 

not a per - son that He would not take in, 

make the jour-ney and leave the Sav - ior out, 



£jfcfc^ 



m r a* i 



ifc r ^ 



I know that He will 
Just ask the Lord to 
Just put your trust in 



£ 



« 



P=P 



P 



S 



^^ 






^ rg^^^p^-g c giF^ a 



keep me and ban-ish all my woe; I want to 

help you the bless - ed crown to win; you must be robed and read - y 

Je - sua and lay a - side all doubt; you must 




Chorus 



U^^^^^ ^tP^ i 



wb i i 



BE 



when the Sav - ior comes. When Je-sus my Lord 

bless - ed Savior comes. When Je-sus my Sav-ior comes for 






fe^ 



Pfej 



g (B M 



f 



tr 



^ 



fr^—j 



±4^$H 



a — m — a 



m 



comes for me, His smil - ing face I 

me, I want to be robed face to 

- J -ft J i * f?>:#;i -J^i -J 



^t^NN^^ ^ 



When My Savior Gomes 



ft* 






3 



:*=* 



Bee, 



want to see, 



I lore Him for He 

love Him be - cause He set me 



£=£ 



pgllgg^ ^ 



■l» 1 



£ 



tr- 4 - 




ra 



^ u i — g 



fc ^£*Jh hNJ 



set me free, Be read-y when my Savior comes, 

free, I want to be read-y when my Sav - ior comes. 



fe^ 



^^ 



fc* 



r-wF g p i- i f 



■»-^ 



No. 67 



T. H.S. 



I Will Never Doubt Him 

Copyright, 1941, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 

in "Super Specials No. 3" Thurman H. Smith 




rf 



jj : 3 j jzji g i 



« 



¥ 



1. Shall I cru - ci - fy my Sav - ior,Nail Him to the cross a - gam? 

2. God for - bid that I should ev - er Be a trai - tor to my Lord, 

3. How I would that ev - 'ry sin - ner Knew the full - ness of His love, 

rrrr p -k. ■ r» r ,tr. t- -e=- 



p £tF? =E 



r . ^-a 



Fine 



SZI3S 



fcfe 



•$• k i n Fin© 



Since His grace has bro't me par-don From the era - el bonds of sin. 
Let me shun tbe paths of pleas-ure, Trusting in His ho - ly word. 
Come to Him, just now, con-fess - hig, Seek that bet- ter [land a-bove. 



Hi 



4=-:= 



fefete 



J2- 



£=&& 



i 



* 



s 



pr n rrt 



D.S.— I will fol-low in His foot-steps, TDl my jour- ney here shall end. 

Chorus k. n. K D. S. 



d^ 



~ \ m — • h J ^--«sU 



I 



» 



S 



2 



*3=* 



*= 




I wiD nev - er, nev - er doubt Him, For He is my tra - est friend; 



£#£ 



t= 



P 



I I I I I 



i 



*c 



No. 68 



I'm 'a Gonna Sail 



copyngnt. 1946, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
F W. in "Shining Path" Fa ve Walters 




1. I shall be read -y, watching, wait-ing when the dear Lord shall call me home, 

2. When I lee Je - ius and His an - gels com-ing from glo - ry land so fair, 

3. On-ly a few more days of wait-ing till my dear Sav-ior's face I see, 



*& 



K£ 



fe*# 



h— i hi tf H — h- -h t — k k- 



e 



fgr^ A 



P^ 



fe^ 



P=tC 



tt U U 



5=p 



^^ft^T^N^^^ 



^^ 



r f r 



I'm a gon-na sail to that heme a-bove; 

Sail, sail, sail home a-bove; 



m 



■k rfrfrt 



mmmmm 



HMiiytUiMMiiiih 



When I leave here I'll go where sin and sor-ro w and troa-blea net - ex come, 
- ver the clouds of sin,withhap-py saints, I shallmeetthem in the air, 
O'er the dark wa - ters He will pi - lot me to the home a - wait-ing me, 



Er r? tt>gi £- f > f P ? s> t \ * P g r P i 



ft 



^^ 



M 



f>— t* 



Fuji 



— -*-W — i ' mg w — m w 



J J i l ; 



mi* 



I'm a goo - na sail to the land of love. 

Sail, sail, sail end-last lor*. 




Leave all care, conn « try fair, 

I'm a gon - na leave this world of care and go to the country bright and fair, 

11 A A 



m 



FFff^ 



a t i * 



C Eg g Flu F|^^ 




M-^fe te! 



I'm a Gonna Sail 



r 



* i a z w 



s~p 






i 



to that home a-bove; 
sail home a - bove; 

Jfti jpL. 



I'm ft gon-na sail 

Sail, sail, 



£ 



UVUIO A 

£X-t" i ff fe 



mm 



5* l> 



V** : -V 



I 




«M 



Pi e 



D.S. 



^-^hj 



35EE2 



■^4— =t £ 

-A* — 



tKT* 



ro^xffi * 



Call to go, safe I know, 

When I hear the call for me to go, my Sar-ior will tafe - ly guide, I know, 



m 



m 



No. 69 It Gan't Be Very Long 

Copyright^ 1946, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 



F.R. 



in "Shining Path" 



Fred Rich 




IB 



mi j j i 



t g g 



1. My eT-'ningsun is sink -ing low, Life's race is near - 
2. 1 on - ly have a few more days, In this old world 
3. I've man - y friends and loved ones there, In hear- en's hap • 



ly run; 
to roam; 
py throng; 




Soon I shall hear the call to go Where comes no set of sun. 
My time is short, I can not stay, I'll soon be go - ing home. 
Boon I their peace and joy to share, It can't be ver - y long. 




D.S^-To sing God's praise thru end -less days— It can't be ver 
Chobus 



pii 



* 



y long. 
D.S. 



HH 



P 



r e r 4- «=* r 1 * 



iFFg 
3h> 



It can't be ver- y long, Till I shall join that 

^ not long, 

|X» A - - A' 1 _ - A - 



ng, 

glad throng, 



throng, 
:1a' 



£=3E 



£ 



"1 



#— A 



PPl 



^^ 



No. 70 When I Take Time To Pray 

Copyright, 1951, by Stamps-Baxter Muaic & Printing Co, 
Rev. Alfred Barratt in "Melodies of Joy" W. Lee Hlggins 



m 



-m- tJ-. * w •«- -m- -a- 9-m- -j-t -*. 



SEES 



1. When storms a • round are rag - ing a ten - der voice I hear, Let 

2. Though it be ear - ly morn-ing, at noon -time or at night He 

3. When days are fraught with sor - row His pres - ence tho un - seen Is 

4. He guards and guides my foot-steps, in weak-ness makes me strong, His 



v r s b d b 



_ £— a P u-E-A-fi 



■fv-ft- 



Trq: 



-j< t?" -5- -.-* 

not your heart be trou-bled, look up be of good cheer; Thetem-pest can not 
drives a-way the shad-ows with love's un-f ail - ing light; Why should I be dis- 
ver - y, ver - y near me no shad-ows in - ter-vene; My trou-bles and my 
bless-ings flood my pathway, and fills my heart with song; He shields my soul from 



3*1 ^ *— i-feW h= »te — h= — ^— — ** 

fcr — £ be W — f» — W — !» — I fcr 



^^ 



t: 



-tr-tr -t— t r 



- y b u > 



U U g"~~g 



l^HI 



M—ft- 






■m- -&- ** -■- -m- -m- 9-m- -f-. ~j- -m- 
harm me, the winds His voice o - bey, My Sav • ior comes to help me 
cour-aged, He is my strength and stay, My Sav - ior comes to help me 
wor - ries take wings and fly a - way, The sun shines out in splen -dor 
dan - ger, He doth my fears' al- lay, My Sav -ior gives me com* -age 



sc 



a*. 



:t=± 



5 tr & 



±L 



±-sr 



V— tr 



£ 



fc* 




A-r 



Chorus 



*i — L^m ^ ^ a AH*-*-** L^, ^ ^ jy 1 



when I take time to pray. My Sav • ior comes to help me 



IB 



n£=cs 



when 



fcS 



?=f 



j=S±hs 



*— g 



£ 




m 



I take time to pray, His light of love is shin • ing 

-»- -*• ma- \}m- 



*—r: 



e=t=t 



■ •> , ! f :Sz=i!s=z:|sz=zis — (g 



I 



on 



£ 



When I Take Time To Pray 







Kf-Jl 



life's long lone-Iy way; He knows when I am wea-ry when doubts and fears dis- 




nJ J J ft 




A jU Ai Ad +i l-^y Ac ih ^ -Ai-JJ 



may, My Sav - ior gives me conr • age when I take time to pray. 

-m fcr- 



m 



:£=!s=5t: 



:l — r=t 



No. 71 

Wm. P. Mackay 



£■•- 



V 



Revive Us AAain 



J. J. Husband 



* 



33 



^ 



2 J H M 



m 



=2=* 



r^ 



-al — #■ 



<rf d % d 



1. We praise Thee, God! for the Son of Thy love, For Je - sus who 

2. We praise Thee, God! for Thy Spir- it of light, Who has shown n§ onr 

3. All glo - ry and praise to the Lamb that was slain, Who has borne all oar 




died, 
Sav- 
eins 



and is now gone a - bove. 

ior, and scat-tered our night. Hal-le - la - jah! Thine the glo « ry, Hal-le- 

and has cleansed ev-'ry stain. 

" -0- 




lu 



jah! A - men! Hal - le - lu-jah! Thine the glo - ry, Ee - vive ub a - gain. 



No. 72 Old Daniel Prayed 

Copyright, 1951, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 

in "Melodies of Joy" John L. Shrader 



J. L. S. 



^mm 



r i_ T -P J j i 



^FH 



=3=^ 



* tt*r~* •*• -ttJ - * 



1. Back in the days oi old 

2. If we will trust His love 



SSE 



£=E=^ 



tbere was a man we're told, Who 
and ev - er look a • bove, He'll 



£= g=j»=p = 



■*-* — H — -- 



f=F 



S 



r» J* 



-xi n Tt 1 



d « • 



zs: 



3tz=a=3»t 



atz: 



trust - ed in Je - ho • vah to lead and guide each day; 
lead ns safe - ly on - ward and keep by grace di - vine; 



ggfer 



£=£ 



m 



*=e 



& 



c 



t 



£*=£ 



e^ 






—i— ^ — 



* 



3^ 



5=3=£ 



3= 1 * 



^3 



3fc tjjr^ ^ ^m* * * 



He prayed at noon and night, and strived to live a - right, In 
He is the same to - day, and will be all the way To 



§1111 



3 



1^ ft y 1 W fl * (- — 



rrrr^ 



5czcz: 




c£r 



keep - ing with the Lord's word, he sought the ho • ly way, 
that e - ter - nal ci - ty, where saints will shout and shine. 

* tr f 



lyii 



[y* "f"" *) "t**^ *^* * # Q* 



^ 



1 



fr-tr-p— s 



je — far 



g-f~ * 



i* u u 



i*^? 



fcfe: 



Chobue| 



K-ft-4 






^_-— 



i*- 8 - 



Old Dan-iel prayed Ev-'ry morn-ing, noon and night, He trust-ed Je- 



"=Fff 



pi 



m 



F~u fr^J$rf : i?~~v i 



Old Daniel Prayed 



fc£ 



£ 



a 



35!=: 



3*= 



y u u -y i— *■ 
ho - vab to lead a - right; 
ev • er lead a -right; 



® 



J J » .. 



Just like the He-brew children, 

ft s ps j> h^ 

J •♦• ft d "»- J ■»■ — 



1 — t 



-h — L H 1— 



=t=E=&f=3=:i; 



g g > 




ly^-t i -a 



-i- 



$=ft 



1 



a 



"5 _ 2: 



a^r 



-*-*- 



(™ — (^ 



-t)— t 



a=* 



CXT 



Who by fire was tried, To the Lord, his guide 

He yield-ed all his life 



rr . rr- ^-r: 



■gift d -»- 




No. 73 



Free From the Gares of Life 



Copyright, 1947, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
H. H.M. In "Highest Praise" Dr. H. H. Martin 



fe^^N 



$=* 



:S: 



~n 3 



i — 5" 



2±=a 



m 



1. Je - bus my Lord is near me, I know He is • my friend; 

2. Whensor-rows all are end - ed, what a great re - lief; 

3. With Him I'll on -ward jour - ney, Prais- ing His ho - ly name; 



3 3 —3 — ' • &. 3 '■ M 



* r 3=I- 



JM 



±±3t± a^ 



££ 



Fine 



a=cg »i : ? -^ 



»^ 



To me 

Know-ing 
Wher-ev ■ 



He is so pre • cious — He'll save me in the end. 

that He is com - ing, Joy will re -place my grief. 

• er I may la - bor, His glo • ry I'll pro-claim. 



m 



•Soon we shall reap the bar • vest, Free from the cares of life, 
Dhobos D. S. 



DA -Soon we 

Chobos 



ij:JJu j a i -j \ 



* 



i 



v-* 



=s=^ 



Go hand in hand with Je - sns, Then there will be no strife; 



1 J-jpfigL^ | jtf ffa | 



No. 74 



It Will Be Glory 

Copyright, 1951, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
C. E. M. in "Melodies of Joy" Chas. E.Moody 

.ii J!__£l ft 



3t 



& 



ft 



^*=r*z 



±± 



- s \— A A-A- 






. . u u U u >, 



w u u u - 

1. When I shall reach that ci • ty fair". ."..?.. 7. And walk the 

2. When I shall Bee the Sav-ior's face And praise His 



S 



I I J 1 J 



-=1 S- 



._ A A .A ^ 






A 




streets of gold np there And share the joys 

name for sav - ing grace While a - ges roll 



rtnntr 



as 



}zi=£=^zrA_A_^ Hr _ ) A. 



J J J J 



V I* A I* .* 



I ! i . ' t T t 



V U V •• x <- 






-K *-- 



trrnr- tr— tr-^-EMrJU 1 






Jt 



iS 



=*s=ft=J 



=t 



-=1 — * 



M±at: 



TT^T 



TTTfT^ 



be - yond corn-pare It will be glo - ry for 

in that fair place It will be glo - ry, end - less glo - ry, yes, 

■J&- JL. a. 






.J-—1 






a 



y U U U U 



n ii Chorus 


r -P -£— £ — D — P-q — s , 

-«!-— • » • • z - 


y 7- f F C C Z "» 

me. 

glo - ry for me. It will be 

„ I s J -J 1 J 4 

jU,!M! . 


1 if i, k g jj J 

Glo - ry o - ver there, 

glo - ry, sn - per • nal 

£— <? 1? g g 1 


t a a—"- 1 


g CT~~g U 1? => 




p h E 



AJ A A 1 — -^- 



r^ 



z z z z y 




£=»=* 



glo - ry I shall share, With Him who died ' to make me 

glo • ry, With Him who died to make me * 



It Will Be Glory 



m 



=P-4, 



£=£=£ 



it 



S 



free; Where choirs are singling, and harps are 

free, for - ev - er free; Sing-ing far and near, 



W L 




i) — ^— J- si — +5-*- S h-^ ^ — Sip 




ring-ing, It will be glo-ry for me. 

ring-ing sweet and clear ,It will be glo-ry, end-less glo-ry, yes, glo-ry for me. 

<*_^ *__ L_*L 



a u-£X£ £ 



-g_A_,»_ pri 



I 



■A-A-A- 



3= 



■^ a ^- 



Jfc k*— Mk- 



■y— p — y — p- 



U: VI 



7T y p D y y y 



No. 75 

Augustus M. Toplady 



RoGk of A&es 



HI 



i p i 



i^ 



3i 



Thomas Hastings 



3t=3t 



m 



5 



1^3=5 



s 



1. Bock of A - ges, cleft for me, Let me hide my - self in Thee; 

2. Could my tears for - ev - er flow, Could my zeal no Ian - guor know, 

3. While I draw this fleet -ing breath, When my eyes shall close in death, 

rA A ' A , A • £ £ h- 



BS A. K • K * — 4 a & -* • £ 



i 



IP 



- 



yfc-s — IA A ** tk— — !▲ & 






Let the wa - ter and 

These for sin could not 
When I rise to worlds 



the blood, From Thy wound-ed side which flowed, 
a - tone; Thou must save, and Thou a - lone: 
un-known, And be - hold Thee on Thy throne, 




Be of sin the dou • 

In my hand no price 

Bock of A - ges, cleft 

A ' A ,j* - 



^^ 



ble cure, 
I bring, 
for me, 

"I f*i~ 



£ — U— k 



nrr-rf gn' 



Save from wrath and make me pure. 
Sim - ply to Thy cross I cling. 
Let me hide my - self in Thee. 



±z 



p=jE3p=±l 



No. 76 No Ghanges In Heaven 

Copyright, 1947, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 



T. J. F. 



In "Highest Praise" 



Thos. J. Farris 



mmmm ms^m m 



1. The Bi-ble tells of tron-ble, we see it ev - 'ry day.We note the 

2. We'll have no wars in heav-en, no heartaches.no more pain.No sin-ful 

3. The storms of sin are rag-ing on land and on the sea, Sonw-tims 'twill 




it - a 

man-y changes,and what the proph-ets say; They prophe-sied ail sorrows, on 
men to rule us for Christ the Lord will reign; We'll see no more destruction,sweet 
all be end-ed,from grief we shall be freejlf Christians here keep pray-ing in _, 



P U U y U U l v- 



g^-^y m^mfWIi 



land.in sea and air.Butwhenwegefto heav-en, 

peace f orev-er share, We'll shout and sing to-gether — no chang-es o • ver there. 

f ervent.earnest prayer, We'il,'gain e - ter-nal vic-t'ry— 






Chorus 



^-^ 2-5» ■ r -F n J M iz zzgi^z p * tl 



FT 1 ? 



y y " y i 

I'm wait-ing for that place where there'll be no more changes, 

I'm waiting for that place, no changes to grieve, 

qtnJL 



-a — a — a — aP- 



T*^E- 



I 



£-^=3= 



2=2 



£ 



:£=£ 



£=^= 



tr*^ 



5 






-=*-*- 



3p 



si 



4 



* 



33i 



1= 



ml 



IS 



£24 



Ev-'ry-thing will be right, no more burdens to bear; 

no changes there, no burdens to bear; 



*9* 



Mt 



S 



i 



No Changes In Heaven 



tit J jg 



3 — =1- 



9 F I F 






I'm wait- ing for that place, troubles ail will be o-ver, 

I'm wait-ing for that place, our trou-bles all gone, 




Intbatci-ty of love, no changes there. 

In that ci-ty of love, no changes there. 



m 



rr a re 



s 



eifeliSi 




6 



1 



if nr" .r^ 7 ^ — -r 



No. 77 



Wonderful Visions 



Copyright, 1947, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ftg. Co, 
B. B. EdmiSBton In "Highest Praise" w. M. DeVaughnn 







1. Wonder- ful vi-sions oCheaven I see, Pic-tured in God's ho- ly word; 

2. An-gels unnumbered around the great throne, Fac- ing the Lamb that was slain; 

3. Glad lial-jle- lu-jahs tri-um-phant-ly ring, Friends meeting loved ones of yore; 

^B-2t '**■+#■■+* I » -he -^- St -m- jt- ■&?%&■* 




Saints from all sor-row and bur-dens made free , Sing-ing glad praise to the Lord. 
Je • sua re-ceiv- ing His loved and His own, With Him f or-ev * er to reign. 
Saints of the a - ges a - dor- ing the King,Prais-ing His love ev- er- more. 



r rfrrf irru'irr ^^fy i 



D.S.-When for us dawns the grnt home coming day,Glo-ries un-told we shall share. 
Chorua i . D.S. 




Fair- est of vi-sions here can not por-tray Bless-ings a- wait-ing us there; 

S? -ffr *^ ?"r -fl-? 1 *: _»»- ^«_iL — <s.. _«. — *_ jl^b.jL .p>~*,.a 

w m L 1 1 



gig f PI T T~ f f ¥$ h * -£ £f i V i I ^&h 



No. 78 There is Gleansing In the Blood for Me 

Copyright, 1941, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co t 
Eev. Rupert Cravens in "Super Specials No. 3" G.T.Speer 






1. 1 have found a heal - ing f oun-tain With a - bun-dant life for all, 

2. All the way theSav-ior trav-eled,Trod the wine-press all a - lone, 

3. Sin • ner, hast-en to the Sav - ior, Let Him lift your load of sin, 




Pre - cioua blood of Je - sub giv - en To re - deem us from the fall; 
Suf - fered death on cru - el Cal-v'ry That He might re-deem His own; 
Kneel be - fore Him in con - tri • tion And a bet - ter life be - gin; 





*=£=£ 



w ~m- -m- -a- v 



11=21= 



All who la - bor and are la - den With the bur-dens of this life, 
There He o - pened up a f oun-tain For the sin - f ul and de - filed, 
Peace that pass-eth un - der-stand-ing He will breathe up - on your soul, 




B 9 

Hay have rest and per - feet cleansing From the way of sin and strife. 
Giv - ing His own life a ran-som, Fall -en man He rec -on-ciled. 
Plunge in - to the heal - ing f oun-tain And be made com-plete-Iy whole. 

e=fc 




m 



V V b \> U P 



Chorus 



cnorues fs _ n 



^ 



P 



=\ 1 — m | L - • r 



^^ 



A A W A -lS 



IT??** (T 

Pow'r in blood me, Took my guilt and shame, 

There is cleansing in the blood for me, It took a-way my guilt and shame, 



g 



§H 



:s=3= 



fe^ 



:t=: 



iiii 



There Is Gleansing In the Blood for Me 

• J* ^ a i p 



pi p p p 



i 



^— — J e iu * i s J a te a g a . « , * ■ * ^ 



Pangs death I'm free, Praise His ho - ly name; 

From the pangs of death I am set free ,0 praise the Savior's ho - 1? name; 



±St 



£e 



r -frr 



i 



I 



*— =?- 



m 



pn 



i 



^^ 



tr^hr 



z=^ 



I 



My path shines bright, Leads me home a-bove, 

I am in the pa th< way shining bright , ' Tis leading to the home a-bove , 



m 



I 



m 



i 



fcfc 



S=3=*=* 



E 



MtuuL^rm^ ^ 



And I cling to Him who gives me light, Be- jcic-ing in His precious love. 

boundless love. J 

T"" 






JU^ 



a 



mtxrrrfm 



tf^ 



No. 79 The Blood has Set Me Free 

Copyright* 1941, by Stamps-Baxter Music k Ptg. Co. : 
J.R. B.,Jr. in "Super Specials No. 3" J. R. Baxter. Jr. 



^ 



I 



m 



nm 



m 



2 1 ,a J ^ 



^t^t- ~ j— pH*~T 

1. 1 was lost in sin and shame.But the blood has set me free; 

2. 1 was bound by fet - ters strong, 

3. 1 was blind, condemned to die, . . . my lost soul free; 



EBH8 ElE 



rrnrrnrn jipji 



4* 



trtr 



^ 



i 



PI 



a +i y ^ rz * 



/"* • ~ TP- ■)■• ir 

Now I praise His ho - ly name, For the blood has set me free. 



Now to Je - bus I be - long, 
Now I see, so glad am I 



my lost soul free. 



te^a^ff 



No. 80 



Somebody Gares 



Copyright, 1951, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing- Co. 
L. G. P. in "Melodies of Joy" Luther G. Presley 




3^r3 



IF*" 



<"d ^ 



'-* ■ * — 4 — ■* 



1. If you are Ione-Iy and bur-dened to-day, Need-Lag a friend on thia 

2. If yon aretempt-ed to give up the fight, Feel- Leg in Vain yon have 

3. If yon have prayed and no an-iwer came back, Could it, my br oth-er be 



K 



LuC-UE 



t 



i=t 



—I 1— 1- 



h h h h h KTTTT 



I I 1 1 



S 




±±M idii ^^ 



wea - ri - some way: Do not for - get that your life must be true, 
stood for the right; Clouds will soon rift and the sky will be blue, 
faith that yon lack; Give up your donbtings, take cour-age a - new, 



m m c p f'TT^f ^rf f i rPk 



EZ 



t=J 



H i rr 



Chorus 



feH i j J^rJ4^ g 



* X X 



-f «r r 



Some- bod - y ten - der - ly cares for yon. Some-bod - y cares. 

Some • bod - y 



m ^-pf^ r i f-^-ijpf 



i= 



x x 



foj j j « * * \ jA ^--^-^f^^ j^ 



r nr ; r ^ 



ten - der - ly cares, Cares when your heart wea - ri-some grows, 

cares When your heart wea - ry grows, 



^^pF 






t 



-X— X- 



-y— & 



^M-J-r J- 



6 J J J-*-* T 



S^ 



r: — r f fn 



r rY^rrr 



Some-bod-y's love, some-bod -y's love Longs to 

Some - bod - y's love Longs to ban - ish your 



Somebody Gares 



i 



&bJ_J^_^t JJ J J fcdM J L j_J^-iMU 



f 



n 



=nrrr 



rr 



^ 



-i 



ban • ish yoar woes; Some-bod- y bears, some-bod ■ y heara, 

woes; Some - bod - y bears All the 



m^rrr^ ^ 



*r 



x x 



i 



*=p 



nftrfrj i Jrirr *" 


■J J J fa 


■J** -; * y q 


yP S. g m X m W f^— rf * 
^ p. «*< 1 [" | I ^ "I 

Hears all the pray'rs, pray 'ra that yoa send, 
pray'rs that yon send, 


-- _ *l — m — =- 

r — r — t— r- 1 

That some- 
That some-bod - y is 

P*> a * 


^#f-( ,e r i k * * 


g :g- EC* 


■f* X X — [*— * — x-^ 




t r r r — ' 


sr^ 



m j j-^-^U i t|j. j j I j j j i 



m 



I 



^ "\ 

bod - y is Je - susYour heart's tru - est Friend. 

Je - sus Tour heart's tru-est Friend, your heart's tru-est Friend. 



toffftff 



M i ? J h ^ M 



I 



^ 



i i 



T5 



^r 



No. 81 

John Newton 



Amazing Grace 



Wm. Walker 



m 



i 



J^ ~— ■? T — 



a 



PP 



5E 



-■Qt- 



22 



^^SF'f^FS^S 



P 



3F*5 



1. A - maz-ing grace how sweet the sound, That saved a wretch like me!*- 

2. 'Twas grace that taught my heart to fear, And grace my fears re - lieved; 

3. Thru man • y dan-gen, toils and snares, I have al - read - y come; 

4. When we've been there ten thousand years, Bright shin- ing as the sun, 




FrpfT e! f ^ te 



m 



1 



a — ^* 



^ 



3=^ 



I see. 
be-lieved. 
me home* 
be-gnn. 

IS 



ones was lost, but now am found; Was blind, but now 

How pre-cious did that grace ap-pear, The hour I first 

'Tis grace that bro't me safe thus far, And grace will lead 

We've no less days to sing God's praise Than when we first 



^^y 



£U -5J J 



£ 



¥=& 



£5* 



No. 82 The Fadeless Ray 

Copyright, 1961, by Stamps-Baxter Music £ Printing Co. 
L. S. in "Melodies of Joy" Luther Shaw 

n J* 



± 




— fr 



^ 



♦' — ♦> ♦ — 



£= 



^-fr 



I*p 



=3&±=&l-gL 



1. What is yon light , 

2. Christ Je - ens came 

3. He rose, and lives . 



, that com-eth down?. 

God's love to show . . 

to reign su-preme . 



EH 



~~\ W LEzj* L 



-A- -A- -A- -A- 

, — r rrp 



1 



1 X - 



M: 



U L > U U 



-U L* U U 



'At J J J H— ^ 


t-p TFi H 


&*-* " '■ ^ ! 3= 


j j ^ J- "• 1 






ftH— i * — hi ! 1 




-1 f j=— -i i p f p 1 


Mh*- 1 — * ■'■: U U : U L 

b b b b 


c — c — ^' ^ '*— — ^ 



i=r* 



io£ 



£ 



=^ 



1 



&:$zg^jz±^ 



: — I "I Wt- 

m — ^1 3^ 

♦ — ♦ — 



13; 



It turns the night ta bright-est day . 

Su-preme, the gift the Fa - ther gate 

I con - se - crate my life each day . 



7S& I Li B M 7 - I , I 



fcd^£ 



5^ 



J£ 



■£ 



1 



ee 



oSS 



-^ — a 



£ 



tJ-tr 



3 



U U k* * w 

'Tie Christ the Lord the fade - less Bay 

On Calv-'ry's cross oar souls to sate 

To Christ, my Lord the fade • less Bay 

-A- -A- -*- -*- -A- K N fi _T\ K 



="£££ 



3 



BE 



U— 3— W- 



is: 



f 



f^= 



==3c 



Choetts 




^5 



*=* 



b =j 1 1 § 



j — x- 



-^ — -*- 



I u t> 5Sp -y t E C" 'C ^- " ~ ^ 



O bless - ed Bay, fair heav-en's Bay, 

bless -ed Bay, fair heav-en's Bay, 

-a- -a- -a- -a- -a- -a- -a- -a- 



^ 



■* — X- 



£ 



- 1 " 1 I I 1 



:t= 



u 6 t D 



-? — *- 



rrr 



'-I !* '■* !A. 

I' E=E 



i 



The Fadeless Ray 



i 



^ i i j i^ 



it* 



S 



*S- 



* 



: FP 



=f 



ftF 



Id beau > ty shine up - on the way, the homeward way; 
In beau-ty shine up - on the way; 

— — i— jh. ~am— -ml. _i _fS?_ _l^_ , ■ , . , _t— ^ -£C. 



l l .l l 



s 



p — P — P — pc 



mr 



=Jt 



£=£ 



J-J^rji 



3±=3 



Be-?eal the path to those who stray, 

Be -veal the path to those who stray, 

••^fe* "A* ^■w" "i^bp ":A^ •iA^' m ^BP ^sbi* 



S 



± 



£ 



i 



t± 



3 I L _ 



E 



tr-Er 



._ ^ (V « « «!- 



4V 



^s; 



1 



^ — M- 






s=s=a5=it 



r rrtr 



E - ter-nal Light, God's fade-less Bay. 
E- ter-nal Light, God's fade-less Bay, the fade-less Bay, 

•A- -A- -A- -A- -A- N fe ft ft K 

•jar g fr -jr ■£• 1- p , «?V^ *- — • S 



fcS* 



1 



ttis 



No. 83 



He Knows 



TF&& Rcpr«fston 



G. W.Lyon 






1. He knows the bit - ter.wea - ry way, The end- less striT-ings day by day, 

2. He knows how hard the fight has been, The clouds that come our lives between, 

3. He knows when faint and worn we sink, How deep thepain,how near the brink 

4. He knows, tho't so full of bliss! For tho on earth our joys w e miss, 



i 



£=£ 



m 



m 



t Mr4-^ 



e 



QS 



Hum. 




r r r r 



The souls that weep , the souls that pray.He kaoW3, He knows. 

The wounds the world has nev - er seen , 

Of dark de - spair, we pause and shrink, 

We still can bear it feel - ing this, Heknows, 

* " IP "— -^— t-ci — P | ~~ 



m^f-ft^t 



He knows. 

- I r r 



I 



No. 84 



Camping In Beulah Land 



Copyright, 1951, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
N. L.MeB. in "Melodies of Joy" N. L. McBrayer \ 




ill*' 



F 



3=5 



:r 




^-atft 



F 






1. - ver in the land of Ben - lah we'll be hap - py all the time, 

2. He has prom-ised joy that's per - feet far be - yond the star - ry sky, 

3. Our a -bode will be e - ter - nal, there will be no one for -lorn, 

ft 






nr-t r- |g 





P P' -A- 



3E 



IF^ ^ Ti r T 



m 



u u 
Camp-ing round a - bout the Sav - ior, rest - ing in His love sub - lime; 
Where His cbil-dren all shall dwell with Him, and no one ev - er die; 
We shall know how much He loves us on the fi - nal judg-ment morn; 
ft 



«!!3r:_£ 



E 



s=t 



wm 



— m 



■F m. 



» '' g B C E =T 



» 




S§^ 



fr=z£: 



r-fr 



*=tt 



g 



H=3=s|=3 



tt 



Si: 



i£ 



L-i— *=4 



Saints of all the a - ges will be praU-ing Him who made as free, 

We must tin - ger here and la - bor till our pil - grim life is o'er. 

No more part -ings, no more dark-ness but one end less hap • py day 

r» ft s 




Free from sin and com-dem - na - tion throughout all e - ter - ni - ty. 
Then a crown of life we'll wear for - ev - er on that hap - py shore. 
Let us la - bor till He calls as, nev - er from His path-way stray. 




mm 




m&M 



m A-—1 -H yv -' 1 aM -x ^ P 



Camp-ing, hap-py, 'round the throne a-bove, 

Camping with Je - sua 'rooud the throne in heav-en a-bove, 

m 



^- ;f^=^ ^^ 



Camping In Beulah Land 

3i fe J*. 



— i — —i — a ■ — ^ -4 — * 



-£--£ 



fe=^ 



mr 



rJCTr 



La-bor fin - ished, rest - ing in His love; 

Fin-ished our la-bor, rest - ing in His won - der-fnl love; 



m 



1 



1£__ ^_U_U-t: 



** 



j_j_ " , _j ^-f-a= &g£ B — raj 



-■*— a- 



wv 



r 



■ 1 

Heart-aches nev-er, hap-py we will be, 

Nev-er a heart-ache, no more sor-row, hap-py we'll be, 



m 



1 



-a- 



: F 



£=£=£ 




Camping, and 

pi 



Sing-ing with nn-nnm-bered saints the song of vie - to - ry . 



r* — m — I*- 



^MzUmS e^IM 



+T 1 » 



^ 



No. 85 



Dreaming 



<"" CopyrlghL 1345. by Stamps-Baxter Music & Kg. Co. 

B.B.E. In "Living Grace" B.B. 



Edmlaston 




■> g g f>J J [ / " 



1 



P 



aty a >t| 



^gr^r^ 



=9 



r* 




^ 



^. 



Tir J iifirrrTi^' 1 'ri 



a 



B f, i ij ,i ^'jinjjj^'CTJi 



Dreaming, dream-rag p*ace-fnMy,Dreamrag,dreaming of the long a -go. 
Drift - ing, drift • ing rest - fnl - ly,Drift-ing in - to ports long closed to me. 
Call - ing, call - ing plead-ing - ly,Call - ing to the land where dreams come true. 



HF^irrT^if F irif ^i^ni 



No. 86 Walking the Glory Land Way 

Copyright, 1951, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
AdgerM. Pace in "Melodies of Joy" A S.L.Wallace 




*g ^ 9 1 $ y -y- 

1. Won-der -ful glo - ry I'm having since Je - bus came in - to my soul, 

2. It is a won-der- ful feel • ing to hare Him a - bid-in? with - in, 

3. Broth-er, for yon He is call - ing, won't yon re-pent and be-lieve? 

A A A — A — 






-pz-T- 



■ft — ft- 



re 9 9 ti c prm- t rm- i > r^iS 




Now I am prais-ing Him ev • er for eav-ing and mak-ing me whole; 
Giv - ing His par-don and cleans-ing and free-dom from Sa-tan and sin; 
Ask Him to par-don and save you, sal • va - tion yon then will re • ceive; 

A * i» A 



E££ 



i '..!■ . ■ 



-tfc 1A Wk h* bSk Mk 



1= 



EeEeEeSeSeE 



"'tf U .ft t) P. if 




a-hg — ^j ^j — j ^ j — ■ g g^- 



Dai - ly I'm tell - ing the sto - ry wher - ey-er on earth I may go, 
Bring-ing to all of His chil-dren the conr-age to keep press-mg on, 
Af - ter His love you have tast-ed and start-ed the glo - ry land way, 




Do -ing my best to lead oth-ers this won-der - ful Sav-ior to know. 
Shouting and sing - ing His prais-es while go - ing the way He has gone. 
Tou will be hap - py for - ev - er to fol - low the Sav-ior each day, 

-Ite- -»te- -fcc- ■+*- -fce- S 

1 — '[~ * a a a "EJ?! N_ 



l__l t 



I 1— — i , . j0 m — m — i. m — — »-w — & A 



&\p. k- — f»> — P»» — •»• — K — fe !■■' 



& 



fcfc 



S 1 



Chorus? 




I'm-walk-bg the glo-ry land way, 
Glo-ry to Je • sns for - ev - er, 



m 



-*-= — + 



« 



£=££ 



e 






Walking the Glory Land Way 




3m^m±i 



*t 



- — ^ " 7 E E 

To oth-ers who ' ve wan-dered a-stray; 



Tell-ing the ioy of sal - va-tion 



a-atray; 




I ft P B J 4V^'* I I 



£=*= 



% " r 



Still waving for lib - er - ty, 
Keep -tog the flag of His glo-ry sweet-eat lib - er • ty, 



JJ ^J^ J> 




9 " : ' -S 

Shout-icg and sing-tog, joy-bells are ring-tog, ring-tog for yon and me. 

for yon and me. 




No. 87 What Gould I Do Without Jesus? 

Copyright, 1942, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
J. R, B.,Jr. in "Blessed Hope" J. B. Baxter, Jf s 






fe: 



" ^ I " : J 



1. What conld I do with- out Je - sua Hordes of sin oft mo - lest? 

2. What could I do with- out Je - sus? I am so weak and small, 

3. What could I do with- out Je - sus? Who would pro-tect my soul? 



^M 



fee 



p-» HP- ■«- 



P^ 



P 



At A P^ 



** 



4t — HI-— H9 Hi HI — 



£3 



i 



♦ I j 



i 



3 ^- L g: J. kJ 



:*=* 



:S=3: 



M ''Ail 



5£ 



1 



Where could I go 
Who would be my 
Who would guide me 



to find ref -uge?Where would my soul find rest? 
el - der broth-er, Kan-som me from the fall? 
to the har - bor When the rough bil - lows roll? 



ft 



■ g r 



^-jL-rg^gi g - r a 

• * i * u » i » — » — » — k»- 



£ 



I 



fc 



a* HJ 5 u 



£ 



# 



-f=^ 



rr 



F^ 



No. 88 You've Got to Walk That Lonesome Road 

SPIRITUAL 

Copyright, 1941, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 

A. B. B. in "Super Specials No. 3" Albeit E. Brumley 



^^4^MJf^^^ ^^ 



1. You bet - ter get ac-quaint-ed with your Lord a lit - tie bet - ter, 

2. You've got to meet your Lord and Mas -ter on the judgment morning, 

3. You bet - ter turn a - way, my broth-er, from your weight of sor - row, 

m m m ~f*~ ~!*'* ~F~ 1 — - #• -j— -* m 




You bet - ter get right down and pray a - way your heav - y 
You've got to set - tie all ac-counts and debts you've ev-er 
You bet - ter get pre - pared to move a - way from this a 



load; 
owed; 

bods; 

A: 




fc ffipjj& ^jHP. , r j bntrj p 



You bet - ter turn your tho'ts a - way from world-ly things that glit - ter, 
You bet - ter set - tie now, that trip may come with-out a warn - ing, 
You bet - ter make your peace with God to - day for some to-mor-row, 

■A ' - A * *-A~* 




yLm$ &± 



§iip 



3=*: 



# 



m 



JJJJT 

You've got to walk that road, long lone-some road*' 

you've got to walk that 

•a* 



£ 



1 



3=*± 



m 



m= ^ L- £ 



£ 



Chorus 



J JJ*J*JJN * . J 1 J JJ JJ 



1 



SEE 



^IfW 5 ? 5 ^^^^^^ 



^f 



Walk,yes,you've got to walk, walk,yes,you've got to walk, 
You've got to walk that road, that lonesome vale, 




You've Got to Walk That Lonesome Road 






gWrC 



b g g g c cr ' r- 



Walk ,yes .you've got to walk down that lonesome long trail; 

You've got to take that trip ado wn that long, long trail; 



e* 



m 



EE. 



m 



EC i *• 



£=£=*= s&; 



a 



-«- 



U 9 9 \> 






$$ 



jj^jj 



I 



e 



STO 



*. t V H $ T 



f 



Hold, yes, hold to the hand, hand that never will fail, 

Tou better hold the hand that will nev - er fail, 



I 



1 



** 



>VVVV 



mttt 



Ij ^ JJJJt' ilJU'- ^m TJhba 



JJflT 



You've got to walk that road, long lonesome road, 

you've got to walk that 






§a 



§ 



r r iuC ti 



r 



Hide Me in the Rock of Ages 

air* Copyright, 1941, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 

in "Super Specials No. 3" An. J. R. Baxter, Jr* 



No. 89 



I 



WJ JU J^^ 



pa^p 



^ 






rf r* 



dear broth-er when the world is burn-ing , Don *t you want God's bosom to 



IS 






a 



r r -B 5 p 



^i hh^ri^ 



a 



hzJ3 



:s^ 



be your pfl-low ?Hlde me m the Bock of a-ges, Bock of A - gea cleft for ma. 
.a. — fe — h ■> »» — * 1 — » pk k, Jm a 






s 



I 



fy 



f 



No. 90 Jesus Game Down, Sorrow to Share 

Copyright, 1951, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
J. B. Baxter, Jr. in "Melodies of Joy" Paul B. Collins 

N-. It. I , ^^ P^ 




mm 



=t 




He 



1. Je - bus came down from His glo-ry Just to re-deem my lost soul, 

2. Je - sus camebring-ing sal-va-tion Point-ing the lost to the goal, 

3. Je - sus came for the lost seek-ing, Back-ward the shad-ows did roll, 




A IA-|-Mk-S-Lk 1— -I 




It is a won-der-ful sto - ry 
Bid-dingus tell to each na-tion 
Soft-ly the tones are still speaking 



if ^ U 
How He can save and make whole; 



hap-py and whole; 

[V-ft * 




m 



Glad - ly I'm tell - ing to oth - ers, 
So let us fol - low His lead-ing, 
Let us the mes-sage keep tell-ing, 

■A-= ^=A- 



Try - ing to ban-ish their fear, 
Read-y to do and to dare, 
Show-ing to oth- ers we care, 



:&* 



fe 



E^E 



t=fe 



> — K- 



£ 



>• — K- 



Uk A. Uk A- -I*-* — fe l-j H- K \-r K Hf 

i P 1 1 L P r ->y — *-* ^ — ^ — ^ — ^ — ** 

y y y y r i " 



*=t 




*— h 



^=fc 



£ 






it 



H 



£ 



jjj^ •■« - ^" fr^i J -J ' - ^ F 



? v irr 

Tell-ing them all men are brothers, He came our sor-row to share. 

Nev • er for - get-ting His plead-ing, 

Won-der-ful prais-es keep swell-ing and bur-den to share. 

•he- -»*=- -pk=- n r* n 



m 



■r-r-T tLtLg=dt±^ 






• r F y y ^ ~' i^_ _^ i 



s 



>>_ h — K- 



F y uT~* 



=£=£ 



fc 



Chorus 



g ^— | W, fe. -J , L^J^^JJ^b^ 






%> y y y 



y y 



y y 
Je - bus came down Just to save sin-ners like me, 

Je-sus, Je - sus came down, came down 














TT 



Jesus Game Down, Sorrow to Share 




y y y y " i/ L> 

Left His throne, crown That we might ev-er be free; 

Left His, left His throne, crown throne, crown hap-py and free; 

^ Jvj}- N n - 0!^- ftP» 



S 



EE5 



« NO-, P P-i P P 



J^-t 



y~y y f* 



Ht 



"tr-tr 



yy klf 




ly y y y y y 

will praise Him Tho I a bar-den mnst bear, 

I will, I will praise Him, praise Him 
hft pn hh r> P> 




Do all I can to up-raise Him, He came our sor-row to share. 

and bnr-den to share, 

r* g ff f !» 



fE^xi J^Ut 






£ 



a 



->—*> — K— K- 



■£=£ 



- g- U y y y y i . 



t -trir 



No. 91 I'm Happy Each Day 

Copyright, 1951, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
E. S.,Jr. in "Melodies of Joy" Ellis Short, Jr. 




1. I'm hap-py each day, a-long this bright way, Since Jesnshas saved my soul; 

2. I'm hap-py each day, tho dark be the way, God's sunlight will soon shine thru; 

3. When life here is o'er and time is no more, In heaven I shall a - bide; 



^ g: E te 







He gave me a song to sing all day long, As on I go t' ward the goal, 

Tho loss-es may come.He'li guide me safe home, With all of the cho-sen few. 
At home with the blest from la-bor I'll rest With Je-sus, the cru - ci - fied. 



No. 92 



A« E. B» 



When We S'm<> Around the Throne Eternal 

Copyright, 1941, by Stamps-Baxter Muaic & Ptg. Coy 



in "Pilgrim Songs" 



Albert E. Brumley 

ft-rft- " 




1. Won't it be a hap-py, hap-py day When we gath-er on the oth - er 

2. With our friends we'll join a might-y throng - ver yon-der in the promised 

3. the joy and rap-tnre that will be When we march along the streets ol 



r rig c -s 



^=£ 



WPPf^^ ^^^^ 




J^M$^^^thhf > 



shore, - ver on the oth - er shore , • ver on the gold - en 

land, - ver in the prom-ised land, Ton-der in the prom-ised 

March a - long the streets of gold, March a - long the streets of 

:£::£=:£=: " 

H \ 1 





3 ■■ Jg 1 ^ — H — ^J — •* *■■ .» * *- * * * • * 



shore; Ev - 'ry earth - ly care shall pass a-way, We'll be hap - py there for* 
land; With the saved we'll sing a hap - py song In the morn-mg at the 
gold; We shall live thru all e - ter - ni - ty And the glo - ry of the 




ev - er more, 

Lord's right hand, When we sing a-round the throne e -ter -nal On that 

Lord be - hold, 



^ A ^J AA J3J A 



.-■_ m. <•> ,-Al A |*J A! A A A Al JJ a ,-*-./*■ A 




Chorus 



n=z 



t 

wonder-ful day. When we sing a-ronnd the thro is e- ter -nal Way 

Mi 



^^^^=^ ^^!U] & 



When We Sin* Around the Throne Eternal 



^^m 



+* J EgE a: 



o - ver in glo - ry , When we join the chorus su - per - nal , Sing heaven's sweet 



i-b & £ * 



(#i _ a 



i r E 



BBC C g.l g L - uTl' I T" ITgPT^ 



y-b— 



I 



fcfcl 



jato 



P 



5 



**— ^j 



sto-ry;With the saints we'll ev-er be hap-py, what a glad morning, 



& 



gC cr»' [T'* ircf^igc^i 



ffi 






When we ping around the throne e - ter-nal On that won-der-ful day. 

, J ± 'A& ± fiJ A fl g a as g^yj 

S-b T F mV ff ff L> h F P L r k g k =z== 



n 



:£=* 



» 



*#JS 



5* — ^ — h — !■ 



^s. 



MS 



III 



f 5 ^ 



I 



No. 93 



A Home is Waiting Me 



Copyright, 1841. by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
J.H.H. in "Pilgrim Songs" J.H.Holley 




^jljj J^d 




1. Should Je-sns come to-day, Would we all read - y be?He'll call His bride a- 

2. Keep standing for the right, Be al-ways good and true, A spot-less robe of 
3.0 be pre-pared to go When life on earth is o'er, It will be sweet, we 



in' i f i rrnrr^n ffrr 



DA— If true to Him I'll 
D.S. 



,i •), Fine Chorus | i D. S. 



way To dwell e-ter - nal - ly . 

white Is waiting now for you. A home is wait-nig me When toils of life are o'er, 

know, To see Him on that shore. 



!* 



f i I i i E E EEBE IS I ' ' il II 



be I'll live on heaven's shore. 



No. 94 



Give the Lord His Place 



Copyright, 1951, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
B. B. Ediniaston in "Melodies of Joy" Thunnan H. Smith 




£mgm £^=^$M 



1. Day by day you trav-el on your jouwiey, jour-ney, ming-ling with the 

2. Can your neigh-bor and the atran-ger trust you, trust you, do they know you'll 




g££to 



L h ii 3 b jiJJLj 



a 



♦ — m - 






chang-ing throng, Do yon ev - er try to help some pil-grim, pil - grim, 
do the right, When from wrong we must pro - tect the help-less, help • less, 

-■- H — -F-- H — HB- 




who is drift - ing in - to wrong? Do yon speak to men a - bont the 
do yon go in all your might? When a du - ty calls yon do yon 



fLf Lj L &Jk-£r- fe-g-g 



5 







Savior, Sav-ior, tell them of His sav-ing grace, As yon vis - it with your 
an-Bwer,an-swer,read-y an-y foe to face; Are your ef • forts in the 



^-JJV „ 



^^ 



■m— *- 



J — -) — 4— •&- 

— fe kc fee Ite— 



^j^-g- A 



fc* fee Ik — ■-> ■- w^ fc=-<» m P** 



SZZSZIS 



. a a am »-k a l_ 



D.S.— Glad-ly tell a - bout His 
Fine Chords 



feM 



f) j»J*jl 



SS 



3TTT 



friends and neigh-bors, neighbors, do you give the Lord His place? 

name of Je - bub, Je - bub, do you give the Lord His place? Give the Lord His 






.^ J* j j 



lov - ing mer - cy, mer - cy, give un - to the Lord His way. 



Give the Lord His Place 




Give the Lord His place, all His ar - mor bear, 

place, all Hia ar- mor bear, 



emi 



lA^JJLh 



i 



41 



\ 



9-9 



jut 



r> ti n 



mmm 



3a 
3 



SB 



q ^ «■ ^ — »■ o ^ - 



32: 



i» , *• < • 



-g FB [ Fg Y 



777? 



-i> 



And the shield of faith in your meekness wear; 

And the shield of faith in your meekness wear; 



EE 



&&£ 



— : 1 - - - - - 1 55 



I 



£££ 



!» A 



3ES 



1 g 9 5 P 5 



*=* 



, JJJJ 



D.B. 



ii 



IS 



rrrf^ 



it it it l» M^= 



60 to Him in pray 'r, 



60 to Him in pray'r, 



seek His guiding grace, 
seek His guid-ing grace, 



HI 



1 



rat 



g£ 



ff <*■ < *■ 



£ 



- v— &• 



St 



P U , U u 



No. 95 He Understands and Gares Tor Me 

Copyright* 1943, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ftg. Co. 
J.M.Cain in "Anchored Faith" W.W. Combo 



IT In.nmfkntlnaanTill off an . noil mFVn* T .m .!«.... J.J .fjl TL 



1. 1 know that foes will oft as - sail me, Tet I am always glad and free; 

2. Sometimes the way seems rough and rug - ged, It's then by faith I look and see 

3. And when I reach the yale of shadows, He'll bear me o'er life's fit-ful sea, 



m 



1 



&= 



Tff 



p 



g 1 5 c i f^r 



f^fl-rf-i-k 



-n 



Ea TO 



lip 



i ii 



For I am trusting in a Savior Who nn-derstands and cares for me. 
Christ at the throne is in-ter - ced - ing, He tm-derstands and cares for me. 
Out thro the gates of life e - ter-naJ, He nn-derstands and cares for me. 



sfafc 



I 



?v ~> t tjt^H^c i* z $t? 



No, 96 



We Are Glad To Sing 



Copyright, 1951, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
B. B. Edmiaston in "Melodies of Joy" c. H. Culberth 

rV 



gaip_fc Li=5^ 



* 



Hfc£ 



N r> : 



SPS* 



-4-w — ■ 1 



=*= 



ti: 



1.0 what joy 'tis to meet and to blend our hap • py voic - ea, 

2. 'Tis a won - der - ful fore - taste of joy for us a - wait - ing 

3. We with glad - ness re - peat to the world the gos • pel sto - ry, 




^ U \ U [7 U 

Sing-ing praise un -to the One who died to save, He died to save us; 
- ver in the shin -ing glo -ry land a - bove, the land of glo - ry; 
How our sins on Cal - va - ry the Savior bore, for our sal - va-tion; 



§^ 



■A— *- 



^^-•f^- T_ . s_± s-± g_g 



m 



fr-p -tr-p 



rrr^ 



b£ 




-* *—9- 

How the heart, lift - ed up to the Lord, in love re -joic • es, 

So we sing and we shout, heav-en's rap -tore con - tern - plat • ing, 

Look- ing for • ward by faith to the meet -ing up in glo - ry, 



OE 



S=s=£Lfe 



-m p- 



t=t 



£ 



^ 



F^p 



L , i V W 



1 — r— tr—tr 



£_ H __^ — . — , — ._ — m — j 



±= 



3 



a — ¥ 



-J$z=£zt3 



■ Si . •■ « E 



Hal • le - lu - jahs praise His tri • nmph o'er the grave, the grave. 
Send • ing out the mes - sage of re - deem - ing love, His love. 
Where with loved ones His dear name we shall a - dore, a-dore. 



@B^ 



g — g— £— i - 

m F hr h~ 



^=s! 



J 



t 



E2 



F-'E'I-E 



^— *- 



-ft 



Chobus 



£ 



^~^^~^r~Z~T~T 



i j *i -X— g 



< — «m — m -M ■ 



•=1 *J 



a 1 -aJ-^aJ 



Ft 



s£ * * ^ « l " 

We are glad to sing, His name we're praising, 

We are glad to eing His praise, 

I iPl iPl Jl J 



£ 



- J 1 Ji J J J-JS 



fS» 



IT 



We Are Glad To Sin* 



£=^==£==£ 



ifag 



-A-Jt 



-9 — * -9 —* "J 



Zgfe 



A =? A- 



=^E 



=1: 



_ -p ^ — ! . . 

In each land and on the sea we shout it; 

In each land and on the sea; 



wm 



£ 



t= 



i- 




Soon in heav'n love's song we shall be rais-ing, 

Soon in heav'n love's song we'll raise, 

*- *- *1 J*' ft ., P> 



A L3 jO 



Juuf-A, 



tn 



t 



-r- 



!-£-* h h h ^ 


T-fLrjL* * \-, 


i — — im — — n 


/Kg "i — «•»— =i — *— " — **— =i — ^-i 


-•i « — — v 

— 1 1 A ^ — 




«3> ^ ar = 


-* » 1 m d— 


+1 


3 i r r r 

And from sin for - ev - er be free. 
And from sin for - ev - er wa shall be free, be free. 


f&^rb — '■ • ' •' '■ sL 


-» 10 3 5 


=W ■ m 11 


( £%^ «- ■ ~£ — -£ 


-L — L 5 — * — _ — 


-a a— 44 


1 — !l_l 1 J 1 1 


L ■■■■ ■ - ■■■■ p 


U -»_. .■'I JJ 



No. 97 Anchord In His Love 

Copyright, 1946, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. CO« 



U. G. C. 



in "Rainbow Rays" 



U. G. Carr 



aJJJJit-4tf L +^« r ' r ' r ' r ^ l W 



1. 1 have peace and glad-ness in my heart, Wondrons joy that nev-er will de-part; 
2. 1 will tell of Je - bus ev - 'ry day, Sing His prais-es all a-long the way, 






^M. 



m 



¥=?■ 



t± 



SIZE 



wTV 



fc3= 



£=£= 



a 



« 



m 



gS 



»l m i 



5-*-f ij j~fl-g E 



■i-A » 



t#-w 



Anchored in re-deeming love 65-vine, Trust-ing, I am His and He is mine. 
Pointing^ oth-ers to the home a-bove — Serv-ing Him, I'm anchored in His love. 

at 



g g E g Jr r frm 3 ^ m r: rl r j p 



Ho. 98 I Want to Hear Him Say, Well Done 

Copyright, 1951, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
Mrs. M. D. in "Melodies of Joy" Mrs. Marvin Dennis 



&p 



J I J ; -J{ 



3c 



i 



" g b E C 



t t t t 



1. When all my work on earth is end * ed, toil - ing done, 

2. It would be sad when comes the judgment, that great day, 

3. won • drous joy to live in glo - ry, with the Lord, 




When this life's race 
To be turned ont 
And praise His name 



c g g g ' ^ g g *f t r i 



at last is run 

from heav-en's throng 

while a - ges run .. 



BE 



£ 



■»■■■■ 



P j F g g I 



- U E n 



^^k^Ffr^ N 



S g f g jf 



rrrr 



And I shall stand 
To hear, De-part, 
I'll trust Him here 



be -fore the Sav-ior, Christ the Lord, 
, I nev - er knew yon, how sad! 
and do His bid -dings ev - 'ry day, 



r r rX g-E-g 



r* i* f* 



■ 1 X - 



-n- 



t — r 



*^lh 



1P* 



g P u u 



D b s r 



I 



fcg; 



.r | .r j j j ^ 






1 



# 



rf 



g ■ p bj V z f-rr 



tr 



I want to hear 

And nev • er join . 

I want to hear 



E 



=i — *- 



I* A A |*> 



«=£ 



S 



Him say, Well done, my child, well done, 
the vie • fry song, the vie - t'ry song. 
Him say, Well done, my child, well done . 



ft 



1 



jj — fc 



r 



1- 



-i? 



Choeus 



« 



B x 



*=i^S 



— — ib a 



W 



While 
While here on earth, 



here on earth, I'll fol - low Him, 

I'll fol - low Him, 



B 



TV 



J=r- 



£* 



i BE ,£, 



I Want to Hear Him Say, Well Done 



i j j j j jlJj^ j-" — a £ 



9 1 X 



i 



-^ — + 



W!*W?^ t~rf 



if \ 

Thrn Bnn-shine bright and shad-ows dim; 
Thru sun- shine bright thru shad-ows dim; 

- * i J J J J 




j J j j 



1 1 -H l«-J 

-*« ^ ^ "«— ■ 



-=1 K- 



* *■ 



M ' d 



For when shall come life's set - ting snn, 

For when shall come life's set • ting sun, 



NbC 



^J JV ,,r- 

_ — =] — ^ Ssj_ 



£=§ 



Ufc?=S 



A A ' A 



1? y 

4^ 



pm 






J « ' J $ P tt 



a 



p 



P^Vrrn 



I want to hear 



I want to hear Him say, Well done. 



gpVlT 



<* — i*- 



y* 



my child, well done. 
N ft ft _* 



iP-j 



H 



I 



f 



T 



-T» 



No. 99 



My Prayer 



Copyright, 1950, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
James L. Palmer 1q "Better Songs" Lester L. Dooley 



m+i& j 



i 



3 



r.Ef 



3t 






1. Lead me, Lord, day af - ter day, Help me to walk hnm-ble I pray; 
2. 1 am so weak when foes as - sail, Tempted by sin help me pre • vail; 



3. Give me Thy light, help me to see, Give me Thy love, that I may be 







irF 



^=^ 



Z2£± 



Guide Thou my feet, as on I plod, Speak to my soul-help me, God. 
Speak to my heart, show me the way, I need Thy hand-help me, I pray, 
Faith-ful and true, vie— tor o'er sin; This is my prayer, dear Lord. A-men. 

.m- -m — »- -&-> -m- -m- -»- .J ^ 



C iOMfc 



t= 



No. 100 God Is Love , 

SPIRITUAL 

Copyright, 1943, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 

Arr. R-.R. in "New Songs Supreme" & Arr. Royce Kippetoe 




* 1 ? 1? C $ "■ 

1. It seems I bear my Sav - ior call - ing, call - ing now, 

2. I'll walk right in be - side my Je - sus, walk right in, 

-*--m--m- •*- -m- m— -P- 



Pfffftffff 



k± 



^=^ 



££+m 



=$ 



Sc 



?=3 



3* 



f 



fc* 



g g g g g g 



Come go with me where the an-gels sing, where the an - gels sing, 

My friends will take me by the hand, take me by the hand, 

m m m* -tP^-m- -m- 



H-r-4- 



i§£i 



i 



Ei i i 



f=f 



vn 



fcfefe 



F ff g Pj ' l j H 



^ 



*i x 



^ g c c 



c c c c 



m 



Now when I cross * o - ver chill - y Jor>dan,when I cross, 

I'll sit right down in the land of Ca - naan, sit right down, 

-m- ~m- -m- -m- -m^m- -m- ■ — J*- -P- 






*Zl*ZLiZlt 



5rf g b k f 



i 



-• — =! — =d — 2 5 



i 



r^ 



¥=*t 



-« CTCiTiT •- 



I'll hear the hal le - hi - jahs ring, hal - le - h - jahs 

And there I'll sing with the an - gel band, with the an -gel 






g=3= 



Chorus 



Ely 



P 



J 1 X 



1 „ 



5Eb 



God is love, love is hsav'n, 

For God is love and love is heav • en, 

i J. 4 J 



J jj 



3 X 



*== 



rf — - f g k * V ^ 



God Is Love 



m 



-v — * — ^ — ▼ — ^ — it — y L ^ L 



£ S 



^=^ 



f 



Yes, where glo-ry hal - le - Tu-jahs ring; 
Where glo-ry hal - - le - lu-jahs ring, hal - le - lu-jahs ring; 

1 J? *£J!JS$J.X,!L -1 



m 



1 X 



g 



1 



£ 






1? 



fT^T 



ft 



^ 



^^^ 



1 



1 ?r 






s 



His good-will there was giv'n, 

There His good - will un-to man was giv - en, 



1 



i 



Ttf^^ 



■j^tr-^ 



^ 



g-g-g— g— g— g— a|-=^ -z£ 



1 X 



*P-*Z 



~~r?tc or 

Yes,where glo - ry hal - le - In - jahs ring. 
And glo-ry hal • ■ le - In -jahs ring,hal-le - In- jahs ring, 

J!JJJJ rr . , , r ,.R.fiJ > J > . f 



^3 



t 



§ 



IT g g ' .'' 



^TtT^ 



c 



No. 101 We Praise Thee 

Copyrtgni, 1943, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
B. B. Edmlaston & R. T. G. in "New Songs Supreme" E. T. Griffin 




4—4, ftJ I N 4 —4— J 1.1 J J ^ 1J-I 

a a gas az±a pi a y I g g — g a I a . I 



1. We praise Thee now, our Fa-ther dear, We hon • or Christ the 

2. We seek to know Thy guid-ing pow'r, Ac - cept our hum - bis 

3. Help us to yield our wills to Thee, And purge us from our 



gjfg# 



itittr^ 



=2£=S 



m 



Son; 
praise, 
dross; 



£=£ 



-8h- 



§H 



1=4 



t=t 



T~T 



J J 4-i-H-4 -I I B 4 4 J I i I I 

S 3 3 BEa aS d a I aI ^ 8 g M : ll 



The Ho • ly Spir-it we a -dore, The bless- ed Three in 
That we may mag - ni - fy Thy name Thru all our earth - ly 
give to ns the strength to bear The con - se - crat - ed 



One. 



cross. 



h f i f i m i n r -fH-f p 



No. 102 



Melodies Of Praise 



Copyright, 1951, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
FrankieL Harder in "Melodies of Joy" W. Jarvis Maxey 

N 



&E 



M J «f I JV j J j ,.i«P.a.&JU > 






^ — ■* 



j-^-^" 



* wj- 



1. 1 am glad to • day, as I go on my way, Je - bob fills my 
2. To the gates a - head by Him 1 shall be led, Tron-bles and good- 



ra 



e 



i» - F \ F' b fy * - !*/ 
t — ■ 1- i -j *. " I » » — V 



I 



k u i i I r e r r r 



E 



ffis 



5= 



*=# 






_s 



it* 



-^ — ^ 



heart with song; Mel - o - dies of praise I now joy - ful - ly raise 
byes all past; Soon I '11 reach the fold, and walk on streets of gold, 

-* A A fe 



^^ 



— , - < at k ? A 1 A ' A 4> A-SA A A-i- A Vt . 

pEFFr^fr^^ l^P— u— r 1 r g E • C DT 



** 



— = • ^ • 3 \ J_._Jr - L *z zr*- 



M 



To my Lord, in love's ac • cents strong. Glad 
Join the vie - fry cho - rus at last. Mel - 1 

- F -- BA — ^A * s sb = — i — *»« r * * r 



o • dies of praise I 






E 



3-g=g=r 



g u b i t b u p q ^ g 



£fc 




-+-f= 



££1 



J. h ■) 



JJtd-3-^ 



3±g 



-* — s — ^— >- 



prais - es I sing, To Je - sub, my King; 

sing, To my Savior, Lord and King; The 



m 



J J J J ^ 



p i r^NVr f^ 



jy , J J J J a - , 



fei 



j^ h4- — 4 



^ 



3>* 



-^-y 



A - bore, tme love, Zeph - yti sweet 

Bkiea.ooce grey a - bore, now thins with heaven's love, The zeph-jrs sweet mel-o-dies 




FT* 



Melodies Of Praise 



— i — m — ^ — -H 
-♦ h -A — ♦- 



*«-4- 



ts — ^^ 



fca 



^JK: 



^: 



L ^r 



mel - o - dies bring; He'll keep glad and free, 

bring; He will keep me glad and free, 



1 



Jgp=SEEg 



e^F 



-i — ■ 



4*= 






2g 



•ft* 



On, e - ter ■ nal - ly; Join the 

On and on, e -ter-nal-ly; won't yon come just now, and 



^tt~~^- . jj j j -o 







glad throng, Sing ing this Bweet mel-o - dy. 

join the glad throng, Who'resing-ing this aweet mel-o - dy. 



Jc 



-tife-fe- 






WP 



1 



f=f 



3CE 



No. 103 Where Gould I Go? 

Copyright* 1940. by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ftg. Co* 
J.B.O. In "Golden Key" J.B.Coatfl 




1. Liv-ing be-low in this old sin-ful world,Hardly a corn-fort can af - ford; 

2. Neighbors are kind,I love them ev'ry one, We get a - long in sweet ac-cord; 

3. life here is grand with friends I love so dear.Comf ort I get from God's own word; 



hrrrrT i ftrrr irr rjgjgfr 



CHO.-Wherecouldlgo,0where could I go,Seek-ing a ref-ugefor my soul? 

D.C. for Chorus) 

* -' - r ' - r hM±±i 

a 
Striv-ing a -lone to face temp-ta-tions sore, 
But when my soul needs manna from a-bove, Where could I go but to the Lord? 
Yet when I face the chill-ing hand of death, 







Need-fog a friend to .save me in the end, Where could I go but to the Lord? 



No. 104 



It Won't be Very Lon* 



Copyright, 1945, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
G. T. S. in "Living Grace" G. T. Speer 




1. I am get - ting old and gray, ai I trav - el on the way, 

2. Je - bus laves me by His grace and I'll see His bless - ed face 

3. As I spend these earth - ly days, I will sing Hit bless - ed praise, 






^-£ 



:£=£ 



m 



1r-tr 



i^^^^^^^g 



f 



-5- -wh 



u u 



m tr •■• HB- 



I can al - most hear the voic - es call - ing me to faeav'n my home; 
When I leave this World of trou - ble and move in - to my new home; 
And I'll do my best to tell the world He did for tin a • tone; 



/ 1 > . — B — i fc , g — 1~ 1~^ - 4~* 1~~ f - — g — g - h k *. — he — h. — ik — ft — . 




q ~Fa a 3r-a 2~ E ?^~ra := - J J A — j~J 



Thru the heat and thru the cold, Je - bus guides my trust - ing soul, 
There I'll praise Him ev - er - more with the friends gone on be - fore, 
I will not give up the fight, I'll keep work - ing for the right, 
K ft m -F- 




m^^*tT?m ^m 



It will not be ver - y long till I'll be sing - ing 'round the throne. 
And I know it won't be long till I'll be sing - ing 'round the throne. 
For I know it won't be long till I'll be sing - ing 'round the throne. 



fc 



EB=E£ Oi-U4-t i 



IdEzjs — k~"^ 



Chorus 



aw aa 4p— , v j T 



j / J J / 



I 



— *- 



-*- 



r*^ 



16' B>T 



It will not be long, not so ver - y long, 

It will not be io ver - y long, 



r& — b B [ T= t r — ■ -Br— 6 :== ir ==r ir El 



It Won't be Very Lon£ 

— £ *— £ 6 6 h * ^ r- J 



tt= £ -XJL-l L 



£± £3 



m 



=^=^ 



-<*—■* 



PTH 



«*=&::; 



g^T 



Un • til the Sav-ior shall call me home.shall call me home; 
Un - til the Sav - iof 



rrfe^^ 



m?m^m 



-*—*- 






FFH 1 



dt 



r» r> rs * 



al jg aI — ari- 



=£ 



-ts — pk. 



n 

A — J 



a >» 



■ I ■ at 



£= B=± P=^=F=S^ 



. Just a few more days, just a few more days, 

Just a few more dark drear - y days, 




Then I'll be sing-tag a - round the throne ,a-round the throne. 
Then I'll be sing • tag 



15 



m 



& 



*—*>- 



. &-*. j^-jl-j j 



£ 



m 



K 



-=*— *- 



S=8M 



£ 



j5 K 



i 



g 



U I* k fl 



lr-1r 



No. 105 



Holy 



r Copyright, 1945, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 

B. B. E. in "Living Grace" B. B. Edmiaston 



in 



j — I. 



£ 



m 



" 3fl Wt 



S 



- iy, 



Ho - 



iy, 



J— J- 



bo 



A 



• - ry, 1. Might-y King of kings; 
2. Of all lords the Lord; 
ho - - ly,3. Shouts the heav'n-ly throng; 



£ 



■J-J- 



Wm 



£ & 4Z A 



; S4=g 



-I 1- 



L r= L 



^^ 



£ 



1 



5 — 3-arf 



1 



=sf 






Ho - - Iy, 
Ho - - ly, 

'J , J 



ho 



-9- -&- 

- • ly, Praise im-mor - tal rings. 

Ev - er - last - tag Word, 
ho - - ly, Be oar end - less song. 



I 



ref ffl Hl 



e 



-*- 



No. 106 In Memory 

Copyright, 1951, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
W. W. In "Melodiea of Joy" Mr, and Mrs. Wilbur Wilson 



»ifii^fi 




1. East-er Day is in mem-'ry of Je - sns, Who rose up from the grave; 

2. Flow-ers are the bright em-blems of friendship, What ten-der joy they give; 

3. Eas - ter has the most won-der-ful mes-sage, That we shall live a - gain, j 







And in mem-'ry of onr pre-cious loved ones Who died in faith that saves. 
Strewn in mem 'ry of those in true ser - vice, Who for the right did live. 
Be - u - nit - ed with loved one in glo - ry, With Christ the Lord to reign. 




my friends, do not weep for your loved ones, We'll meet them np in 



gone on, 



&J> i jT ^—fc—S 



rrrr 



^w 



g ^i^ is ^ si m 



heaven's bright home; It will not be vet - y long till we 

beau-ti-ful home; 




It ^ " A C £ ^ T 



job the hap • py throng, Where no more partings ev - er will come; 



to us come; 



W~? H ~ p~ L 




rfrfr-: 



m 



?rf 



In Memory 



^^ ^#^: b< ^Hg g-g 



ddE: 






Keep on preach-ing, and pray-ing and sing-ing, 'Twill help to save the 

the news, 




~ a B9 — 



£=E Uj J J 1 



^^ 



3*=: 



jtttr tt 



lost ones a • stray; 

from Je-sns a -stray; 



y y 

Keep it fresh in mem • o • ry, how He 



w 



£ 



-p- r' 



£ 



(* HP 



I 



^-^L 



:t 



SSI 



^-^— * 



#=fc 



■ a ■ y y — a 



A 1*, IA- 

Hrir 



bt 



1 1 — ^— k* sa «— »- -^ — a — J— — I — a — S s -H 

^t 9) — =- ="« -^ l - 2 > * — -=■* — =<< — =■ « * - ~ — F — fe — ^ • " 



yHrr 



won the vie • to - ry When He rose on the first East-er day. 

first East-er day. 



JjFF^RHF^ 



XJU 



mmz^m 



#=# 



tns 



p 



No. 107 



I am His I Know 



Copyright? 1947, by Stamps-Baxter Music £ F£g< Cflj 
J. R. Baxter, Jr. in "Highest Praise" L. D.Morrii' 

Slow with expression 




1. Storms may be sweeping me, Je-sns is keeping me, I am His I know; 

2. Gone is my wau-der-ing ,donbting and pondering, I am His I know; 







rifrj l . , ii»ji r rfi"r | iiL.iii 



Prais-es glad voic-ing for- ev - er re - joic-ing for I am His I know, 
Trib-ntes I bring to Him, trustdng-ly cling to Him, I am His I know. 



• mr I r j i rip t c r fc C i -k££k ) £^ B 



gftg giJ .g3-tr^Xu^ 



tOp^C 



No. 108 He Put a Ray of Sunshine In my Soul 



C. B. A., Jr 



Copyright, 1951, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
¥ - in "Melodies of Joy" Charles B. Atkins, Jr. 




fefefeMi^ 




1. The way was rough and darkness bro't fear, un-til to Christ the Lord I drew near, 

2. Love's golden beams grow brighter each day, as I press on the beau-ti • fol way, 



iSzrS 






** -■ ■ .... fc — . ■■ , - — - I, . ..,■■■ .. M— ■...-,■, ■■ ■— .. — — .— ..I. 




I 1 1 — m sa m am M* 1 (*— ■ 



u tr u 

He gave me sight and cleansed my heart by His love, His love; 

To meet my friends who've left this conn- try be-low, be - low} 



tgf^r^ -3 — tF4r— *»- -* — «=P=p_ - r | — L- -L ■ U j 



Rrt-fr-g 



j^m^^ r ^^ 




ff-r 



S S—T+ 



-d m *- 



He pnt a ray of snn-shine in -side, and by His help it there will a -bide, 
My fa-ther and my moth-er I'll see, with sis • ter and with broth-er I'll be, 




-inr-fr 



And lead 
And all . 



'JTTT 



me on to heaven's ci - ty a - bove, a • bove. 

the joys of heav'n to-geth • er we'll share, we'll share. 



HeIe?! 



crdE 



£ 



EhH* 



IAJL 



1 



P-u T t T~1^ l Mf Z ' ( ^ 



Chorua 



ife£ 



ft=tc 



^=^ 



=£ 



p^ 



q_.J — V 



He pnt a ray of light in my soul, 

He pnt a ray of sun-shine down in my soul, 



m 






-=l_-=^ 



« 



=,_.; 






He Put a Ray of Sunshine In my Soul 



iii i ■f-J^ -pi ,r> .hit* 



4^-A 



N-^ 






-m—m — *- 



b p y 

Its beams will guide me to love's bright goal; 

Its beams will guide me to the beau - ti - ful goal; 



§ j=^N=5==£ 



£ 



E£ 



' t r~ET 



■ q *i » ♦ > 1 — -- — ♦ — •> — ♦- -J 

■ - ■ ■ "»""- A H 1 ■ -^ A- 



-* 



ifcfe* 



1 



Dear friend, won't you from night en • ter in? 

Dear friend, won't you from fear and dark-ness come in? 




TTT 

Just trust the Lord, and He will save you from sin. 

Just trust the Lord, all sin. 




No. 109 How I Love Him 

Copyright, 1940, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing CO. 
3. B. Baxter, Jr. in "Golden Key" ^ Elmer L. Ward 

ft 1 ,_ 



|K=I 



*=^ 



3 < * g 



s 



at* 



■ m i 



afcraezal 



■&-s 



1. How I love my Sav - ior and King, He has set me free; Now His 

2. How I love to praise Him in song, All to Him I owe; I am 

3. How I want to look on His face In that land a-bove, I shall 



33C 



1 1 ML I L I 



c=£ 



i 






*=fc 



« 






'IK fcc v 



P* 



I 



D.S-— For He bore my blame, Ransomed 
Fine Choeus D.S. 



tiijii^- y ^ i i ^ ftpjTT ^ 



wor-thy prais-es I sing, Won-der- ful is He, 

weak but He is so strong, I can face the foe. How 1 love my Savior, 

trust His won-der-ful grace, Guid-ed by His love. 



^^ 



+ — ^ — *- 



«: 



dfc: 







ij-tr-i — 

me on Cal - ?a-ry 'a tree, Praise His ho - ly name. 



No. 110 



Jordan is Galling 



copyright, 1940, by Stamps-Baxter Music and Fig. Co., 
J. R. B.. Jr.,Sug. R. L. Howard in "Golden Key" J. R. Baxter, Jr. 



g ^j j rji^-^ i ify^^ 



1.0- ver the mys - ti - cal riv - er to - day, Seems I can hear, 

2. Hark, in the distance there comes a faint sound, 

3. Oft as I pon - der in still-ness of night, so plain-ly can hear, 




m 



Voic - es and mn - sic come floating my way, Draw-ing so near; 

Han - y whose forms are not here to be found, 

Welcome bells ringing in mansions of light, yes, drawing so near; 



£ P g 



i 



m 



F=S 



' — m — 3 d d m m I . " . -^ — " 




Yet in my blindness, with these mortal eyes, I can- not see, 

Bat when I look for the face of a friend, 

Bat when the shadows of dark-ness are gone, I can -not see, 

J J- J. 



fi r ■ r e. 



j «i j 



tit 



p 



*i 



£ 



rrrr 



f 



j-j j j~^~ jij j -!-4*kj j «iN 7 r = ^ ^ 



i»r r r 



But there is something beyond the bine skies, Call-ing to me. 

Still there is something I can't comprehend, 

Yet there is something still urg-ing me on, yes, call-ing to ms. 



Pr g f F 



jj+J ^ J J 



1 



IS 



ff 



F F I s F 



¥ 



=F 



Chorus 



4 



^^^£af 



BE 



x « — » 



<f f i 



c=3 



Jor-dan call-ing, gen-tly call-ing, gen-tly call-ing, Call-ing, 
Jor - dan is call - - ing, Call - • 



* - g i S, 



m 



** 



6 



^ 



Jordan Is Galling 



m m * ig S ^ ^ gl u " 



*-JJ^# - 



-^ *H-^- 



call-ing, gen-tly call-ingme, Soon I most cross o-ver yonder, 
ing to me, Soon I'll cross o - - 






^ 



^ 



e 



f .r't 1 



r>- c t 



^a s ^^i^ 



o - ver yon-der, Canaan's hap-py prom-ised land to see; 
ver Ca - - naan to see; 



m 



W^¥- 



m 



* 9 & 




^^ 



Man-y loved ones are a-wait-ing, are a-wait-ing, what 
Loved ones are wait - • - ing, What 

AA*A + « J jj> J, JjJJ^J 




will it formyspir-it be? Jor-dan call-ing, gen-tly call-ing, 

wiQ it be? Jor - - dan is call 



d: fe * J! J! J! J! A 



m 



*OJ-«J. 



* 



»JJJJ 



e 



r£r* 



e 



y r r m n m jjrrj i 



» 



gen-tly call-ing, Call-ing, call-ing, gen-tly call-ing me. 
fag, Call -ing to me. 



1 



r f r ^ 



=? 



*- 



No. 111 



Now I Face the Setting Sun 



Copyright, 1951, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 

in "Melodies of Joy" Dodge Lucus 



D.L. in "Melodies of Joy" Dodge Luct 



tr 



**M 



•at 

1. Dear 



broth-er, we're fac-ing the sun - set to-day, We're pass-ing our 

in the 

is now 

4. If some of our loved ones should wan-der iu sin, Be _ lost in the 



2. We sang of a place where we'll nev-er grow old, Up there 

3, Man-y mile-stones we've passed on onr journey of life, Our boat 




three-score and tec; My mem-'ry goes back to 

prom - ised land; We'll ex-cbange onr log hnt for 

ronnd-ing the bend; Soon she will pull in to 

dark-nesa and cold; Lord, grant that we seek till 



onr child - hood days, 
a man-sion of gold, 
the ha-ven of rest, 
we find them a - gain, 




And the nn - mer - ons chang-es since then. When we were to* 

Pre - pared by our Fa - ther's own hand. We spent man - y 

Where all of our tri - als will end. Each day we should 

And bring them back in - to the fold. Be kind to the 




geth - er, onr bur - dens were light, We were hap-py the whole day 

years 'round the old cab - in home, With loved ones so dear to onr 

try to help some- one in need, Those grop-ing in sor-row and 

birds when they greet us in song, Just drop them a few crumbs of 



ffg r g -6 



_ r r £DL 






fc 



P=3 



s MJUMs J -T .P . J J J , =& 



mm 



i 



mm 



5P3I 



33Ep 



d ■ m - 



H n 



long; We'd gath-er a-round the old fire* side at night, 

heart; But the lam- i * ly cir - cle was bro-ken on earth, 

Eain; Don't wait till to • mor-row, but help them to - day, 

read; Some day they may come to our win-dow and sing, 



And 
And 

For we'll 
When we 



§E 



gTrTT 



Ua — ± — ±- 



^ — f^f-i 



Vt 



-H-- 



W 



W—*r 



V-F5 



*t=r 



D.S.— I'm ex - pect-iug to meet all the cbil-dren a • gain, 



And that 




Now I Face the Setting Sun 

Fine Choeus 






2 J jF^-^- ^X^ ^-jr^fe T i W 4l9 * -« 



min - gle our voic - es in song. Now I face the set-ting bud, 1 know my 

now we have drift -ed a - part, 

nev - er pass this way a - gain. 

have to be turned in our bed. Face the sun-rise 



<*— A- 



-£- 



fss nrtr 



£ 






U U U 



trtr 



hour will be sun-rise for met 



f itf m- H M 



Sj s is aE J I 



i 



H " *m 



race will soon be run, As a child I was hap-py and free, 

race will run, yet, Child I was hap - py and free, 



£=£ 



, ^ <+ 



e 



£ 



n 



*±ft 






In the house where I was born up - on a bright and sun-ny morn. In my 
House where born in, sun-ny morn-ing, 

tU- 



m 



£ 



w^» 



f"-F- 



w 



tt 



WF 



nr 



y y 



b u 



JM*- 



faMsi 






dreams all the loved ones I Bee; Now I wait the fi- nal call to come from 

Dreams all the loved ones I see; Wait the call then, 



££K?#cEE 




%mm$ 



ru 




JJ s pJJ^ g 






Christ the Lord of all, Now I wait for the shadows to flee, 

Je - bus, all men, Wait for the shad-ows to flee, 



A^*- 



l* IT 



a 



fhjr 



tnr 



£ 



Mo. 112 Jesus Keeps a Song Ringing 

Copyright, 1951, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
J. B. Baxter, Jr. In "Melodies of Joy" V. O. Fotsett 



a WHtH^*^ JU j. 1 .Phi* J 1 



1,1 love to lift my voice in prais-es sing -ing 

2. WheaHe shall call my service I'll be giving Un -to the King to 

3.1 know tome hap - py day I shall be go -ing 






ENE 



SE 



E I TT 



" " U u u 



ft=ft 



|M J 



-*j ^ 



EE 



=<=»: 



g 



5-s — *8 — L 



*=■ 



TT~r 



whom I now be -long; 



I'm hap - py when bright sheaves to 
I'll do my best to please Him 
giad-ly now , be -long; I'll thank Him for the bless -ings 



EE 



iHH 



fe 



&-&■ 



§ 



& 



SI 



^ 



r r r^ 



S=rft 






EE5 



^F=5 



* 



^ L S ^2 a * 



Him I'm bring - ing, 

while I'm liv - ing, He keeps with • in my heart a hap - py 

He's be -stow - ing, 

fe|SS.. «. 




in 



J J J J 



fr=F 



^^ 



■j 1 



J ^ T If f 



r^T 



Ring - ing all day long, How 
Bing-ing all the day long, How it thrills my 



S 



±fc 



?=F=F-EEE 



Be 



£=£ 



Jesus Keeps a Song Ringing 

■ ft Ti * 



B 



^ 



^=» 



■ ^ - ^ a 



-"i — «- 



^$2==^ 



1 * c g f 



f 



«■ = PV 



it tbrUls me, keeps and fills me, Praise 

soul, keeps my spir - it whole, Praise to Him with 



q^rrt 



£ 



•asfc- "jp "ar 

r r nr 



, i x 



1 X - 



» — m m--— 



fr-E- fr 1 * 






fed— *—* 



tpt 



£=M 



5T 



with 
heart and 



-*1 



^1 



heart and voice I ling; 
voice I ting; Hap • py oa tile way 

!_■£•* 



t=t 



:*=£« 



SEE 



-=*-—*- 



'c g i g 



£ 



p 



fa 



B .1 J J J 



5ps a a sp 



g g ^s- 



Hap - py go • ing home, Never would I roam, 

home, Nev-er mora would I roam, 

J J J J J p - - Hsft-J- -J- -J* -J. 



p 



Bfcfc 



r g b r ^= 



R 



^^ 



3nz3 



-t- 4 - 



£=s 



£33 



j g j- K r» =M=g 



^ — 5: 



fi 



jj5 J I 



g—a^g 



Friend 
Frieud and 



t 



to guide me, walks be-side me, 

faith - ml guide, walks close by my side, 



U 



m r c r 



£^£ 



i-r M 1 



■» ^*" 



$=* 



V"* 



gjfeg 



yy i J * ii 



S i « 



m 



How 
How I 



I love my Lord and King, 

love my Sav - ior, Lord and King, 

j? fe ■■ . ,jy j ii 4 



I 



i 



S ST> 



i . E u 



=C=pL 



B e g i V- 



_*- 



No, 113 I Am Walking With My Savior 

Copyright, 1951, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
J. E. Baxter, Jr. in "Melodies of Joy" Marion W. Easterllng 

fcr= ^ 



m 



m 



3=£ 



mm 



atat 



^ 



1. Hap-py each day glad praise I'm sing-ing, and Sav • ior, 

2. Un • to His will my heart I'm yield-ing, 

3. Sweet-er His love each day is grow-ing, walking with Christ my Lord, 

)? T a_a__a a ^ «■! a! a! aI 



^a 



A A A 



-m — R 



£=£=£ 



fc5S* 



FF£ 



4 Uk--A m 1 F -A-S- 



V 



p=£ 



-N- 



2=3= 



& 






35 — ySL. - 



-=i — -=H :■ — Sri fcr 5 ^ 



^- i 



S 



Hold-ing His hand and safe - ly cling-ing, 
Man - y His lambs from danger shielding, 
So to the lost His way I'm showing, seeking His great re-ward; 

•* 1 a - - - — 



in heaven; 



PfJ 



rn ; i m r^rs ^ t» r-^ g 



ft. ft ,», 



s 



fcfc 



£ 



- W A A 



i hJ M 



IFF 



-*-* - 



-*H- 



Nev-er from Him I want to wan-der, 
How I will praise His name in glo -ry, 
Tho the night shades a-round are fall-ing, He is 



true shepherd, 



a shepherd true, 



m 



^— a- 



£=£= 



iaj: 



Be 



-m — m— m 



pmrr? 



i=?c 



p w § i7 



m* 



«? f r — £ 



^ *— rnl A LA - 



n 



a 



s 






f 



*=*=3 



- ver each mile my heart grows fonder, 

Till that glad day I'll tell the sto-ry, 

O'er the dark stream I'll hear Him calling, Je-sus will take me thru. 



I love Him, 




J J p. 



i . ~ i ' — p ^.P r » ^, ^ — — i '■-! j 



I walk with Christ on 

I am walk-ing with my Sav-ior on the 



3*3j=fc=SF 



£ 



this glad jour-ney , 
jour - ney home, 



f=r t 



Pi" r f 5" £1 



I 



m 



I Am Walking With My Savior 



i 



ji j-i^i 



^ — **~ g S "1 



T=*=Z 



r * g *-r-+ 



tr 



From the path I 

From the path that leads to glo - ry I would nev - er roam; 



would not be atray-ing; 



-f 



m 



fcfc 



1 1 fe =n: 



£ 



f 



rrf 



■»— h 



j ^ r> JLjdJUJU?-J==^ 



^^ 



5 ^15 — n- 



-3—* 



=? 



i * i» 



u u 
Je - ens is my Cap - tian, I am on - der His con - trol, 

He's my King, I'm safe in His keep-ing, 

> — A- 



£^£ 



£ 



SE 



S 



* 



I. -i f — t-4; — j» r ~ 



r=r 




P r> f a , , rj p p j : 



4* 



He re-deemed me from my sin and saved my pre-cious soul, 

my soul, 
He found me and saved my soul and set me eing-ing, 



J7 



m 



n 



£ 



g P 



£&g 



T 



£?Z£* 



-J5-JL 



s -i « r - i « P i 



e 



■=i — <i *i 



■ j ■ 



6-"=? 



^±g * 



& 



w 



While I live I would praise keep ring-ing, 

While I live I want to make His prais-es swell and ring, 



fr-'H"^ 



fei 



^ 



w 



I 



tea Ji J-i Ji J . J | j J , P i | 



i 



fe£ 



6 " E 



ft? 

I will for - ev - er glad - ly sing 



In that land 

When I reach the prom-ised land 



f -rf Mte 



to Him sing. 



m 



=t=t 



P 



fc^F 



£: 



-3 *. sj_ 



s g 5 m* 



No. 114 I Will Sing of My Redeemer 

Copyright, 1951, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
i. M. Hcneon in "Melodies of Joy" Clyde Willlami 




&P& 



1. 1 wiO sing of my Be - deem -sr who ii all to me, And will 
2.1 will la - bor in His vine-yard till the son goes down, And will 
3. Rich re -ward is sure • ly wait - ing for the saved and true, And my. 



£=£ 



fe£ 



-r-j- 



r h - r j — E — E — 7 E _E ^ ■» — !• — » — ■» 

" * * D I* u b l i {, l> i> 



-•- -«»- -■- —SB- w -■■ -mr "PH tt 



I S 

praise Him while the a - ges roll; 
help to save the rip - ened grain; 
man-jsion I shall sore - ly claim; 



irr ^r 



I win tell a- 

And will dai - ly 
I will sing with 



r ■ . . JgJ^J 






tit 



6 & S 



i m h n a a ♦ — ■ •< 



s 



hhif'-f 

1 — >M 9 At- 



its* 



ft 



«* 



~» w » Ly 



«=S 



bont His mer-cy and His love so free, Praise Him, He's the Savior 
strive to win a bright and shin -ing crown, Al-ways true to Him I 
saints and sag • es heav - en's an-themsnew, And will work in my Re- 

•f— -E~ -E~ *E* *E* * *** m 



fti> rr 



i 



t=t= 



fe: 



^rrH4 444^^^ 



Chorus 



^» 



i 



JzJj, J-Jj a 



g — *- 



n 



a p 



Keep sing -ing 



of Je - mil 



^ 



of my Bonl. 
shall re - main, 
deem-er's name. Yes, I will ring of 

yJTJ! m ^ -P -l> n ■£•£•£ 



I I S — T~ 

If vg clr 



EFF=F 



rs»-g- * g 'J * 



* 



^M^^^^^^^^^^ 



^t; * «< — # 



mil ring of my Bav-ior, For He has re-deemed my soul, 
Je - bus, 



IbJhjbft^fe B^ 




P 



3E3BES 



I Will Sin& of My Redeemer 




J- &AI +i 4* +t—+i — A — I 



t=tj* 



B 



Will praise Him, yes, praise Him my Savior, glo - ry, 
And I will ev - er praise Him, 



n K 



ffi 



£ 



fce 



rf 



? 



,i„jii"J-«iir^^ ^ 



* / i iij 



a 5a k 



M*^ 



While the a • ges on • ward roll. 



m,T j j r^ ^ 






uj> 



•h^- 



He is my de-light 



i Hfff 



4= 



£ 



se 



P g b 




morn-ing noon and night, how can I bnt sing? And is keep-ing me 



t? I £ £ 



I 



*==*= 



kis — , ^ g — g h fc v g 



5^=5*= 



£ 



1 1- 



fct3=b=fct 



K g K-f 



k*=t* 



■^ — K- 



y y y u 



mmm 



& 



J'* 1 JJ 



i 



= 3=^- 



M M7 

by His pre-cions love; Will sing of my Savior, 

Tes, I will sing of 



^^ 



fe£fe 



E 



h — » — ^ — m—m — f 






keep sing-ing 
Je - sua, 



of Je-sus, Till I reach my home a-bove. 



j .j -J i j j? j 



fe 



fc» 



j^J=a 



I 



r - r- tz=tz 



-A- 



P 



I y U y — fc 



f^p* 



No. 115 



I Want to be of Service 



Copyright, 1951, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
M.S. in "Melodies of Joy" Monteene Slaughter 




»-** =»* =*a saq -«* 




1. I love to sing and shout, and tell the world a - bont The Ho - ly One who 

2. I'mhap-py on the way, with Je-sus ev - 'ry day, He keeps me from all 



^tt f c. E r f- irt^T - 



— I 1 — t-m — m — m — » — m — i»— r-F— F — " 



£ 



Jfc 



=t 



JL4 L 43L 



r> h , r> h . 4-j : 



ee3^S 



gB 



ts 



at 



3==t 



-Al- 

1 1 I- 



-j s ; i 



reigns on high; His love has par-doned me and set my spir - it free, I'll 
dan - gersfree; His love is in my heart, from Him I wouid not part, No 



:Pl_-Pl 




£*'. am— _a a a. a — a — &a 

K» !! W — !_■■ fM «■ BB ■■ ■■ 



fe£gE EM4M^l 



^ 



=f: 



f =| F =p=gztt 



serve Him till this life goes by, goes by; Then with the saints of old we'll 
oth - er one's so dear to me, to me; I want to serve Him here, give 



Egg F 



£=1 ^-r-A | f 



-f— ¥ 



I 



t=± 



F~p~y 



rr^ 



a d g t> i i 



I 1 —I — — I j 1 — . j j J j — e-s — a — m — ■ ■ 

■ i — »« — h — =>< — ■»* — w *- ^i — ^i — * — * — * y ' ^3 * "^ ** 



walk 

oth- 



the streets of gold, And greet the friends who've gone be-fore, A-ronod the 
en help and cheer, And tell them of His sav • ing love, Un - til He 



m=um mm ^fjjm 



g 



D=5 



It^fe 



2^te 




$=== 



:=t 



N h h 



*=g=q r~g~g~g 



a(— J, 



y~g 



great white throne, with Je-sns and His own, Where sin and sor-rowB come no 
bids me come and en - ter my new home He is pre-par-ing now a- 



t tn^=ece: 



fcb 






£ 



-H> b» L» 



I Want to be of Service 



ifeggJ3 



Chorus 
ft 



H*- 



4^- 






P 



£=M 



r 



*** 



pttt 



itefe 



r rr :* i r* ^ \ i r 

more, no nore. To Him I want to D8 of ser - vice, Work-ing for Him 
bove, a-bove. To Him I would be of ser-vice, 

4 ■ i* r (^~ A 



tyr^i* 



£=£=££ 






£ 



:t=: 



r> h 



m. 



tr-ir-y-tr- 




ev - 'ry day, I want to hum - bly do His bid - ding, 



each day, Hum - bly 



I would do His bid - ding, 



*»r as e 



i * g n* - 



* 1* ' 1— 



F& 



±z 



WP 



c 



j=ifc j ^j=^^ 



■4-1 



*c 



:» 



; f E ^=f : 



3 



s ' r 

All a -long this pil]- grim way; I want my neigh-bors here to 

earth's way; Want my neigh-bors 



m 



£ 



- Iff 



tfcC 



£=*: 



£Pl 




t<J a iJ'j^^^^^te E 




BE 



f i fEm f* 



know Him, And with me to pray and sing, While here, and then up 

here to know Him, yes, sing, Here, and 







£ 



=3 



m 



rf*rV* 



rf" r 



, r 

there for - ev - er Praise the Christ, our Lord and King. 

then up there for - ev - er our King, 



^ 



fe 



£ 



f-tt^ 






S=F3=^ 



* K 



SE 



p 



3 



No. 116 Ghrist Game Seeking 

Copyright, 19*7, fcy Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
J. R. Baxter. Jr. in "Highest Praise" V. O. Fossett 



jftftB-f^ 



m 



A-f> 



^^^Ep^ 



1. Je-Bus came when I was lost,Grop-ing in dark-est night,and help-less 

2, Je-sus purged my soul from dros8,Setting this cap-tive free from bondage 



*^Q 






4 aj ^j 



u u 



P§f*i 



fi— J-i fi P 5 



■_a! *| — y± zj±z=fi 



_j[ ^ -^H — " * ^ i ^ : 



trt2T 



1 



Free - ly died to pay the cost, Bring-ing to me the light. 
Glad - ly I shall bear the cross, Try - ing to help - ful be 



3 J Lzi^ztjc 



p ^ffo i T r r 



jF^w 



s=i 



1 



rT~5T ^ u ' i*^r 



Chorus 



b. J. J 



=£ 



fc=fi 



?£ 



w i -^ i 



q- i g | g 



Christ came, sought me, sin had caught me, 

Christ came seek-ing to save my souI,sin has bid-den the shin-ing goal, 



m 



%&=*J=s 



p-jj£ 



1 g ^ - 1 11 



m 



i e i 



6= 






I, 



j*i' ^" j| 



2St 



1* 



?rm ^"nr 



Glad- ly I'm sing-ing,joy bells are ring-big now; 

I am so free andhap-py now; 









■tt-J-J l J rJUOJ J 



S 



He sends good cheer, He has food near, 

He sends blessings each dny and hour, He has won-der-ful, mighty pow'r, 



m 



■=M— -* 



ff^ 



i 



H = — h- 1 — 



-q g — ^r 



m^ 



^m 



■*ih 



Christ Game Seeking 



pS^f 



H 



t- 



^=te 



y U y n. 



Help you are needing, while He is pleading bow; 

to the dear Sav-ior humbly bow;For 






E g ' p^ g l' fr 



fc^= 



H 



JJ_R 



-&-> 



J 



nir— 3 — J— 



-4- -4 



— I — =\ 



-4- -4 



gCT 



He came to seek us His love He gave us, 

Je-sus came down from above prov-ing for us His great love, 

J. i f . t J J 4 J i J i.lx^JJ. 



£ 



P-R 



P- 



« 



* 



W 



Pi 






tot 



v. 



1 1 P ^^gj: 



He is mine and dearly I love my great Redeemer, 

Wonder-ful friend divine, now He is tru-ly mine own, 



tf- — p-j*^ 1- — p__ ^ — q„ ^ ^ ■ 



^F^CTffFr^ ^ 



M 



' 1 y 



^L. i* 




^. j. jvp i j m j, J i J 



s£ 



-i - 1 



f- ^ g g E g 



4- 1^1 



g P I b " i i 



p h i m - 



Some day see face thru His rich grace, 

Some day I shall look on His face thru His bless-ed re-deeming grace, 



§§§ i 1 f 



4 C 4--=! 4 



¥ 



-i g i 



F=f% 



g arr 



u u 






I 



Tf r c r c tr 



Gone wiQ be sad-ness noth-ing but gladness known. 

last-ing for- ev- er will be known 



A A A> A y - 



Jr Jl -W ^ 



£^U 



a> & wi h 



e 



i 



B H " ITHfr 



f 



i^ 1 



No, 117 The Longer I Live the More I Love Him 

Copyright, 1949, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
L.G, P. in "Boundless Love" Luther G. Presley 



iim 



3 



-fr-f> 



i5 



s 



^f^^^z^m 



"■W 



1. It was the Sav-ior's bound-less love That bro't Him from that home a-bove; 

2. How could a sin -ner such as I Re-ject His love and pass Him by? 

3. No oth * er One could take my place, No oth - er One could save by grace; 



eg£% 



g^p 



s 



A-^ 



tczlzzztc 



£ 



inrrnrg 



m=n 



$wt\i. l uMi&*tMtn 



Our shame and grief He free - ly bore, 

When He for us the thorn crown wore,That's why I want to love Him more. 

He con-quered death, un-locbed the door, 



^S 



1 



5J=P 



£ 



£ 



^=b=£ 



tw 



Chorus 




i ,r " P P it y v 

The long-er I live the more I love Him, This 

Thelong-er I live the more I love Him, 



B Wi 1 



! » - ** ■ 



■cy"" 



F3t 



mil 



r^ 



^ 




rr;:ri 



rrrr 



pre ■ cious friend from Cal ■ va • ry, 

This pre -cious friend from Cal • va • ry, 




I I A A A I I ' " 



tg n ii ggggf^gffi 



The clos-er I come to that f air ci - ty The 

Theclos-er I come to that fair ci - ty 



t— I*-* 



KM 



e 



S 



fe F jfi 



— . . ' J 



£* 



mm 



The Longer I Live the More I love flim 



m 



- . ;* 3g 



M 



-^ — ^ — a — a- — a — 3 X S ' a i 



p S 5 b ~ T 



y IT u* 

it seems to me; 



«7 X 

mora like heav-en 

The more like heav-en 




n E ' g P P tr "t^ n y — ^ p 

The far-ther I go by love sur-round-ed With 

The far-ther I go by love snr-ronnd-ed 



£3^3 



g%£ # 



■1— «- 



3ztr-f-fci 



+T P- 



^3 



cJl— t 



3=gl 



=£ 



3*53 



m 



Him to guide _ from place to place, 



With Him to guide 



from place to place, 



was 



1 



I 



, ,_ K 

L ■ W * 



C=£=3=*: 



^^ 



-#■ — 



tr rf 



*=p 



5C=Jt 



u u 



, i>t r rrJJ- 






tdt 



3 — fr 



s 



*5§ 



■^ — *- 



re=r* 



lr=f 



7* 



The eweet-er will be our old ac-qnain-tance, When 

The sweet-erwill be oar old ac-qaain-tance, 

a s L t i 



PeeI 



fc* 



i 



jB=S 



fe 



E^ 



P=± 



I^P 



**i 



p 



s 



Wr 



-J*- 



fe=ft 



1 



-i* — h F * — ■* 



^— r-^-f 



I shall Bee 



nriMrT 



Him face to face. 
When I shall see yes, face to face. 



i=fc=?=e: 



S 






IP 



-S] f-r 



Ct £*-. 



-*• — y- 



^ =± l ^. 



No. 1 18 I'm Gonna Shake Mis Hand 

SPIRITUAL 

Copyright, 1951, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 

Mrs. Austin Williams In "Melodies Of Joy" Austin Williams 

n 



f<;[.f ' f ' r ' r ' r : H 



=£=^ 



s 



l r Z i 

1. I'm gon • na shake my Savior's hand when I get home, o - ver home, 

2. I'm gon - na en - ter heav-en's gate one of these days, some sweet day, 

PuJ* - - - l> - ^ .)«. -». J> J J J » 



m* 



mt^t n£^ 



& 



l 



$=$=£ 



=6 



te 



h h h h i 

— _ — _ i ' j f , 



j-j j-rfi-r 



1 1 g a * i ^ 



=E3 



Be - joic-ing with the saint-ed band, nev-er to roam, nev-er roam; We '11 look up- 
I'm gon-na greet the friends who wait o-ver the way, o'er the way; He's build-ing 



1 X 



g£pj - 



I 



££ 



^J^JJiJ 



£ 



t* 



& 



" E E " B g F*i* 



-i* 



t-p j-r j j. 



j j j 



3=3 



-H *- 

-+i — 



3==3= 



on His lov - ing face, shin - ing so fair, shin - ing fair, I'm gon - na 
there a home for us, mansions so grand,man-sions grand, I'm gon - na 



e»f m ft 



^=^z 



j g B T " — - c C C F 



fcU7 1 a i j^i 



CH0BU3 



£ 



3=* 



*— -s- 



r rFg ' c rr d m 



shake my Savior's hand up there, o - ver there. Ill 

shake my bless-ed Savior's hand,nailscarred hand. I'm gon-na shake my Savior's 



s 



#=H=£ 



^=X 



-=«— ■*■ 



£=FS 



ln e-C-f -^u 



fcH^ 



fc££ 



ttzft 



Jl * J J. 



- a »-* 



meet Him, glo-ry some day, Saints gath-ered 

hand, o - ver in glo-ry some day, When all the saints are gathered there'rand the pert 

h -f«--p- 



^P 



V H*^ 



£=£ 



-=»—*- 



-tu) 



-♦> — — — ♦- 



I'm Gonna Shake Mis Hand 

fe (Li 



?E=& 



m 



^— * — ^ i » 






4 



1Mrf 



-r 



-*-■- 



•*t 



u w u \, v 

'round the throne, Sing, 

throne, And I shall sing the vict-'ry song, liv-ing so hap-py al - wayj 



vict-'ry hap-py al - way, 



-(•- -i 



t=L 



^=EEtEE^3 



^ 



*=S: 






t: 






5=tr 



trfc: 



y y 




fU*- 



■ l„ f» E Pn ft ft 



« 



fc L^_^ jg^I 



K 






i — • — (*- 



-■-^ 



■p: 



1-^ 



u 

Pain, part-ings nev-er known; With an-gels 

Where sin and pain and part-ings sad nev-er are known; 

1 X 



m 



1 g 



&± 



*=£ 



1—tr-tr 



y y 






fc- & 



r> ftj j 



^£MtptZ-*$*Z 



!•*_*- 



„ J 1 X 



- 1 T 

bright I'm gon-na walk streets of pure gold, And drink of ev - er - liv-ing 

Bright an-gels, streets of gold, Drink 



s& 



fe 






-=»— «- 



4rdt 



:t 



b- _*LJS: 



-=«—*- 



-y— y 



J U 4L& 



-4- 



*JL 



JN_> 



- h=^-«- ai 



-=»-*- 



-■*- 



Sff 



■*— «- 



3d jh 



33 



y i» d * 

streams on that fair shore; Give wel-come 

life,- streams on that shore; I know He'll give me wel-come sweet in-to that 

1 X & f>X 



'±fi»- ^ »1 at ^ fe 



«£ 



^=£C 



p^=£=s^ fr~* ^ ^ r f^ 



j> 



ff i J H irR-s — hPJT 

♦ 1— tt — I 1 Jc " — 1 ad K— i 

! *J At-± ^ — — M S * i 



fa h n ft to=A 



s 



:^s 



* 



~^Z3E 



gfacf 



if r p p 



to that fold, Where we'll live for ev 

foId a The Home fold where we '11 live for ev 



er-more. 

er-more, ev - er-more. 



£ 



■dJJ 



={— *- 



-f— P*- 



**£ 



1 



3=t=3= 



fe;^ |- J J f» gj 



g p 

y ** y y y u 



=£=£= 



IB 



No. 119 I'm Moving Along On the Road 

Copyright, 1951, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
W. A. S. in "Melodies of Joy" W. Allan Sims 

rv ft r> p> j\ k , s'IjSz 



£ 




^ ^AE^Ne s 



^£*=*=*=s=i- 



1. I'm trav-el - ing in the shin-ing way with Je- bus, go-ing home to stay, 

2. I have a glad song that dwells with-in since Je - sua took a - way my sin, 

3. I'm go - ing np home, in realms a-bove, to live with Him in ' per-fect love, 



:t=t=: 



1 



3 



-t— — a — y — i — h 1- — i — 

y P P u w y y 



+ 1 1 — r+7 — h — h — hr — A 

y — y — a-'- y V V W ^- 



Si 



< ' — I- 5T" 



-£_ £- 



crfe 



£ 



a 



atz* 



ft 



f'tf *"t'T 



-r 



I'm mov - ing a - long the road, glo • ry road; 

I'm mov - ing a - long the road; 



1 J J J r J J J ,r> J C 



-=i— g- 



t= 



on 




T 

the 



w 



Mov - ing 



road; 




His Spir - it came with me to a - bide, and gave me joy deep down in-side, 
Pm walk-in? a - long the trail di • vine, He keeps me hap-py on the line, 
I'll praise Him with loved ones there on high, where no one ev - er says good-by, 



£ 



-F — m- 



H -I f-F- 

H I I , 

-fa» U ' J 



-P> ^ 






p 



jfcnt 



i 



afczai : 



£sfe£ 



fefe 



rTTT 



r 



■r 



i? 



I'm mov-ing a - long the road, glo - ry road. 

I'm mov-ing a • long the road. 



1 



ffi 



e 



Mov 



ing 



on 



the 



road. 



Chorus 



£=* 



V==* 



ifcafca£=fcd 






^tfe 



I'm mov-ing, yes, moving on the glo-ry road, 
With Je-sns I'm mov • ing He's sbv-ing each 

w h h ft w ft ft n 

1 y t ^ a' aI a! 'H aI aI a! | a g.^. ^ ^ *i y 



snc 



T^ 



-y- 



£ 



t=a. 




jr r ti- 



I'm Movin* AIon& On the Road 



E ft ft 



*y - — ^ -^ -^ -=* — ^ — ^- L W _ *— =*— 9 



-WMt 



b=3?=atrjtz 



He's sharing each beav-y load, ev-'ry load; He's lead-rag 

hear - y load; He's lead-ing me up 



h e ii J J J, M J J 



-=!—»- 



.1 JJLJL 



S 



¥ 



*r-W- 



£ 



-i. g g y 



ft T> . N 




me up-vrard to that wondrous place, Prepared for His own by 

ward Prepared for His own by 

"• J« J.A m m =1— * -=? — [L J 1 JU m * Pa . 



Jg& 






-*-» 



l i d 1 



tnrTr: | ffflr r 






35 



i i X 



*H»- 



ti 



grace, saying grace; On, King, praise sing, 

grace; I'm moving on with my King, while happy praises I sing, The welcome 

i J J-» --q— g ^__5P A 1 * ^-S A 3 x» .. 






B@ 



trjrr 1 i* 



fefi J J Ji gfa 



e£e 



i 



" J J "^ i ^yTT^^ 



^— X- 



Bells ring, my a-bode; Word true, 

bells for me ring, my a-bode, blest a-bode;I trnst His prom-is-es true, and heaven 

r ^1 ■ ■ ■ 



H^iT^- g4 



-m-m 



j"-^> 



h U ff L. I~~fr" 



E*- « ♦ 



I U L i U ' • : r - i 



V 
h 1 



^^^ 



q^ 




-*»—*- 



4=3t 



in view, Moving a -long on the road, 

now is in view, I'm moving, heav-en-Iy road. 

^ y. _ _ _ ^ ^ hu^ft ft 



-g-*- 






> » y 



a 






5 u u 1 5 



nr^- 



No. 120 The Sin^in* Is Just Be*un 

Copyright, 1951, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
J. B. C. in "Melodies of Joy" J. B. Coats 




^&^mm 



1. Man-y ser-mons have I heard pro-claim-ing God's own Word; Brush ar-bor 

2. How I love to hear an old-time saint be - gin to pray, Down on his 



pt=£ 




days, Ca- the -dral praise, all blend in sweet ac-cord; And I con-fess the 
knees, "Lord, help me please, "his words would drift a-way, As he would plead and 

-m- n •»- 



fry g 



£=* 



Hn 



-t — i 1— — - 



r--f — \v 



£=£ 



-y- 




^3 

-• — s — if 



^=£ 



£=;£=£: 



zt 



3±=ft 



2z=^: 



« j S _ 1 H— «-^=i *! «i 1- 

™ ™ -S- -«-• -«- -*- -*- -*- -•• 

^ "♦<-• -♦- 

sweet ca-ress of God's own pre-cious Son; But there is joy with -out al- 

in - ter-cede, through Je-sus Christ, the Son; There's something tho.I'd have you 

ft 




D" 1 1 k: tsr 



Chorus 



^^^^^g ^^ ^S 



loy, when preaching all is done. No more we'll hear, 

know, when praying all is done. No more we'll hear the 



I* P 






^ 



*= 



r .».,* 






-»— *— l» I - 



U U i> 



^-r 



^ 



J L,— D^— J14L14 -. 



te£ 






s-3: 



-1 — ^ ^ -i — q- 



-*—*!- 



zalzaL 






no more the Word, No more the pray'rs, no pray'rs 

preaching of the Word, No more the pray - ing of the saints be 



5 — ' — ■ — L. — — rr~^ — 



-=1 — q- 



J*. 1 



4=£ 



* 



B 



-r*- 






I 



-FM*- 



The Sin^inA Is Just Be£un 



£=k 



s: w-* 2—2 *— - — 



s rss — -r— ^ — l 



-a»-^M 



be heard; Just praise the God un - to Him bring, The 

heard; Just praise to God and thanks un- to Him bring, 

N |N ^ -. ft ft 




jH^i. 



1 1 



-T- 1 -F- m -J--J--P- 



■v-\r 



H=*: 



V T 



^ K* 



h h 



^-t^f-fi 



=£ 



*«WJd 



=1: 



3 






■=J — A 



att 



i»— n- 



u "* U "" I? T" w 



theme in heav-en then will be, sing, sing, sing, I'll be 

sing, sing, and sing, Then I'll have a 

-*- -m- ^ -»- ft -P- -m- 



'9 U> V V — fcJ— b> p-fc*— *■-- 



5=§= 



t= 



1 — r 



tfc=t 






fiMi-fa-l ft fV I 11 



rtJ— a — *3 



±r+ 



jVn»f 



g d 



C _ t7 - C - ^^ +• ■ 



^ ai 1 r v-r * * is r-y 

■*- l> L, l> Li W Li 



^ u TTTT"^ — -]T " f " u " l> 

shouting, I'll be sing-ing,sing-ing, With the mil-lions, 

mel • - dy that ear hath not heard, As the mil-lions shout and aing it 



.0- S- -P- -J"- -P- -P- 




m 



just like a bird! When the preaching and the pray-ing is for • ever done, 
Jfc -|* fi"" "I 



m 



A — bat — b* Uk A tft- 



-V— -V tf p y — g- 



-fcc— be kc — k c 1 - 







g 



Let Ga - briel blow his trump-et loud, the sing - ing is just be - gun. 



-*■ — »*- 



-a — -^k — iA — A y* ^k— yk 



£=^-^£^8=^ 



-?— y- 



u y *- 



IT" * — fcJ— tr— t? 



fe=*: 



a 



T 



No. 121 



I Heard the Savior Gaffing 



r Copyright, 1940, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co- 

B. B. Edmlaston __ in "Golden Key" Dwight M. Brock 

S ^ 



I 



fe£ 



S 



m a J J J ^^ 



9 






1. Once I drift - ed aim - less - ly a - way from the Lord, Wand'nng 
2. 1 was Sa - tan's cap - tive, e - vil blind - ed my eyes, I was 
3. Now I trust Him and from eon - dem - na - tion am free, I have 




far - ther from home each day; (each day;) I heed- ed not re- peat -ed 
deaf to the call of love; (of love;) Thro grace di - vine the Spir - it 
giv - en my Lord con-trol;(con-trol;)The wondrous peace of heav - en 



JJ-U£ 



& 



m tF 3^trh£ fff 



1 i £ 



^ 



£ 



ft 



I 



F^£ 



*=* 



3S 



warn -ings, still re - ject - ing God's word, Sin was lead-ing me" far it* 
showed me heav -en's great sac - ri - fice, Ten-der mer - cy spoke from a» 
con -stant-ly is giv • en to me, Songs of glad-ness ring in m 



O I Bl I c &-»E P p F 



i 



g 



7fr-?fi 



Chorus 



Ir i C i kUV j' ^^ 



tefe 



TTCTt V 7 rnr Tif f ' /JH> 

way. (a-way.) Heard the Sav - lor call-ing and say - ing child come 

bo ve. (above, )I heard the Savior's soft call tome, say - ing 
soul. (my soul.) TheSav-ior was call-ing, my child, 

1 J>J>J>-| J>J>J>^ J J-J 



g_j1 X 



m 



1 



I heard the Sav - lor call - ing, 



child, come 



ifgip fJ n'i 1 



home, He ten-der 

child, come home, 
come home, 

J 1 



£ ? J ^ .f JJLt- g_f 



re-vealed His love, By grace Ha 

eav-inglove, 



-J..JV 



^=g 



P 



r 



ye, By i 



? 



borne, He ten-der-ly re-vealed His sav - tog tove, By gracaHa 



I Heard the Savior Galling 



S3 



ajjuu 



=£ 



m 



ta 



• T-? g X 



c r r ■ r — «t 



Grace so gent - ly drew me and taught me how to come, He 

gent - ly drew me from sin, taught me how to come, 

He drew me from e - vil, taught me to come, 

j *i> J> J> „ J>J>-J> 



£ 



^k 



1 



£ 



E^ 



=£ 



r 



drew me, 

ft 



taught 



ite^ 



how to 



come. 



He 



^=7=^= 



^ 



3=£= 



^ - ' • ffirrr rT^ 



start-ed me to heav'n a-bove; Now I'm sing - ing 

to heav'n a-bove; And now I'm sing - ing glad praise 

I'm sing -ing 

------ - A- -A- ^ '„ -J^ -*P -*P 



P^fe 






And now I'm sing - ing 



s 



=£ 



♦-It J J ■=? 



irrr 



I*- *•" 1*- " f tT if 

pfaia-ee a * long the pu - grim way, I want toserveHim 

to Him on the pil-grim way, my 

gladpraia-es a -long the way, 



JP gg /^ tfdfeE^H* 



^ 



g 



P 



£ 



r~7 



want to serve my 



prais • es on the way, I want to 



toi 



W 



-r-C-p 



c, , 6 r 

He leads me, 



i 



ev - er-more, So I will fol - low where He leads me, be 

Bar - ior ev - er-more, Fol - low where He leads me, 

I'll fol -low, I'll fol -low, 



£^ 



£ 



£=5^6 



Savior ev - er - more, So I will fol - low, I'll 



be 




r — E E & ~'»~ = ? ^ r r n ? 

true to Him each day, With hap-py saints His name a-dore. 
true to Him each day, His name a - dore. 

be true each day, 



i 



rr&^fc^^J 



I 



at 



rue each day, With bap-py saints Hi 



P= 



^ 



bap-py saints His name a-dore ■ 



No. 122 



The Heavenly Tram 



Copyri&kt, 1951, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Oo. 
Dora Rod arm el in "Melodies of Joy" B- B. Edmiaston 



mHm^mmm 



£==&: 



gr— *r 



■^ — \—* — — -^ — i 



Vn -$-. 



X^ "J 



1. Je - sub has giv - en me a tick-et for the great heaven - ly 

2. Je • sos has seat to me a mes -sage, say- ing to meet Him op 

3. From this life I am go - ing up to en - ter my bean - ti - fnl 



W&£ 



fe 



g=£ 






P 



=5* 



J UUU? 



Pi 



*=^ 



S33 



3: 



train, the heav-en-ly train, So, I'll be leav-ing here to meet Him, 
there, to meet Him up there, Where I shall ev - er - more be free from 
home, my bean - ti - fnl home, Je - bus has soft • ly whisp-ered to me, 



i$» 



J^r 



-J t J J. 



:g=g: 



:i — r~^ 



^^ 



t 



-r 



B tf 






fcpwq 



3 



tF 



Hkt 



I IT E 



\pn 



u up 

and with Him ev • er to reign, for - ev - er to reign; Ye3, 1 will 

wor - ry and sor - row and care, from sor - row and care; It will be 

say - ing He wants me to come, He wants me to come;*' I must be 



$^ 



:t: 



:t= 



-S--B — 5- 



'4^ 



*=*=*=: 



rv^wrj 










1 



* ♦<• , -♦- -"♦!■ -♦- 



get a-board the special, bead-ing for E-den's fair land, for E-den's fair land, 
great to get a-board the train that's forglo-ry land bound, for glo-ry land bound, 
leav - ing this old world, I know my stay soon will be o'er, it soon will be o'er, 



"i ■■ " ' ■ m m mm k at mm — ■ — = -mm. sa m ■» »■■ — ■■ 



k k k ■ k- trjg-IT 



» 



b ti * * 



ti i, 
& ILJ* 



3*=* 




B 



1 



:2z=*: 



Through the eyes of the spir - it I can see my Lord ; 8 beck-on-ing 
In my heart rings the bell that fills my soul with love's rap-tur - ous 
Now the train's com-ing, and my tick-et's read - y to heav-en's bright 



HEE 



■*= 



g — g — LT 



*. *t A *U = A bA A ■= A .-, q 



The Heavenly Train 

Chorus 




ft &• f c r 



hand, God's beck-on ing hand, 
eonnd, love's rap-tnr - ous sound. 
shore, to heav-en's bright shore. The heav-en • ly train 



The heav-en - ly train 






# 



^E 



JM>-tr=M 



^Z3tq^S: 



55 



3=£ 






■=*-i*- 



tTi^ 



■t»— h 



is com-ing for me, Thrn Je-sns, my Lord, 
is com-ing for me, Thru Je - sus, my Lord, 



1 3 



zm. 



--— *- 



-^u 



pup — w 



Se^ 



sm=« 



-* I-*- 



T 



-n* 



& b £ 



my pas -sage is free; 

my pas -sage is free, my pas -sage is free; When for me He 

P is 



a§* 



:t 



f=ft 



3=E 



£3 



ft. F • 



He 



s 



=tE 



JUlJ! & j. 



*3* 



H 



! a j -■ 



eji-atq 






^=i=- : 



When for me He calls, and frees me from pain, I '11 journey up 

calls, and frees us from pain, 



&& 



-I ^-m—^-Y— 



1 X 



-Al R-AJ 1 AJ — 



-fc-=] — »- 



P- 



te* 



^ . 3d « X • "7^ 



a 



B 



rr~r?ir^ 



^3=3 



§11 



•*• r i» » Ttrr 

home on the heav-en - ly train. 

I'll jonr-ney up home on the heav-en - ly train, the heav-en-ly train. 

-i w 



*=*=■ 



(*— ■- 



=:] » ? l iL_g z^ 



*— t? — fc j — ^ — $ =$=$ 



fcbsf 



Kjifr 



^ 



T^ 



1 



No. 123 Jesus Is Mine 

Copyright, 1933, by The Stampa-Baxter Music Co., 
in "Boundless Joy" 




" . — -•- w -m- V ' i ^ 

1. There ia joy and peace and gladness in my heart to-day, There's a song to 

2. Since I 'rose Hisname eon-feesing, on that hap-py day, He has giv'n a- 

3. What He did for me and oth-ers, He will do for yon, Fathers, moth-era, 




ban-ish sad-ness on the boai'n ward way; 
bnndant blessing all a-Iong the way; 
listers, brothers, He will save yon, too; 



£ 



— -w — ~m~ 

Je -sgs gave to me this bless- ing, 
Eich-er joy to me He's giv-ing 
Then yon, too, will praise Him singing 

j' == 



ifet 



=* 



i — i — p~ 



Parts 

m m 



-*~N— N— N— N- 




1 1 j |-tj— < H 



•=£ 



AS I knelt in prayer Then I 'rose His name confessing, when I foood Him there. 
ns the bills I climb, Since for Him I'm daily liv-ing, He is ev • er mine, 
jaat as otb-ars do, Keep the tidings ev-er ring-ing, -Je-eus died for yon. 

n ft k I ' : ■-•>• h £::£ 

H — H — rl — rfr— = !■ - — s — ! — — " m - W -^S 1 " 




CaOEOS Much faster 

■X '*- 



i 



I 



e 



f * : 



*—« 



-m- -m~~m~ P -••- -»- -»- "jm -•--•--•- P 1 -•- ■« 

Now I am free, Since 

Nov I ttav-sl home-ward singing, and my soal is free from sin, Since my Bav>loi 



rrr 



4- 



4- 



3EE 



P 



f=s 



3: 



S P S N j 

■P — i 1 - 1 



-I ■ -aj K N K — i * 



V it U l> U U f u 
then there's peace with-ra; All my burdens roll'd a- way, 
beard my pleading, there ia joy and peace within my soul, As I go 




C ir^iN 



Jesus Is Mine 



rf j-fc-uf n> j _r A ; J g ^ i ■* I -I s — H 

•d that hap-py, hap-py day, Je-sus then gave me a song-, 

oi He giv-eth me to praise Him; 



<-' a — — T— a — mm-: fa i ! — q*-** ft — grV 

- b ( 5 u \E 3B ! 5 Z HT r i ^ 



i B^F 



* — * — ft ■ N * — *r 



_j g r r I 1 r p p =5= r r . r> , r ; ^ 

j=4-^- , i - 3= a = a=idtt=fegr :ii -h 

.«. _«--.«- * .«• -»- -•- ™ -•- -9- -•- ™ -•- -•- 



Bo I live in con-tem-pla-tion, Since I knelt at His dear feet, 
So, now I live feel-ing no 

I ■ K_h 






-*:-*- 



£ 



- u u 



^-a- 



m 



teast 



ff fcE _3>, ^ =«j - n , ag g ^ — ft — — gy— ^ — gj — a^_^_^ j 

-^J— -I— J =j a — 4— -F r f g— ipzqizqii^m— x^:=d 

^ -•- -»- -o- ™ -«- -«- -«- ■■ -«- -•• — m- ™ -••- -«- 



There is no more con-dem - na-tion, I have hap-pi-ness complete, 
dread, no con • dem - na - tion, So - ing a- 



m 



■m- 



3h* 



3= 



V=^- 



v , i/ ' b— : 



$=*-j 



« — ad 1 1- 



"ft 1* 1 



■*f kc £ — =* ad 

— I i - a g 



s — ■— 



■H»- C— 



Now I sing each day, on the glo • ry way And I'm 

long, sing-ing a Bong, Praising His name, ..... 



-* — (■- 



E 



EB 



^-^ 



p 



^=^ 



fc — w — ^- — F — ^ 

a — S — =* — _l 1- 

v g # -S--S- 



* — fc — ft — ! 



hah 



I 



P 



»j— ■*■ 



^-^ 



fEZfZ— { 



■^— f 



P 1 ' & ^ _ 

glad that I can trn • ly BaythatHe Ss ever mine 

aay Je - sua is mine, for-ev- ermine. 
lot Je • • - ens 






^ 



r 




No. 124 The Day of Liberation Is Nigh 

Copyright, 1945, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
L.B.C. in "Living Grace" Lonnie B. Combs 

ft n * 



fj 



£=* 



==fe 



9m- -*-. 



1. I'm trav - 
2. 1 want 



u u 



el - ing in a world of sin, There's trouble here on ev - 'ry hand, 
. to be true in all I do, While trav'ling in this wea-ry land, 
3. Soon I shall go home no more to roam, The sun of life is sink - ing low, 



.--£-_ 






hall go home no more to roam, The sun of life is sink - ing 



m 




U U """ •"■ 

Why burdens are great,why nations hate, 'Tis hard for us to un - der-stand; 
I'll nev- er lose sight of God and right, I want to join that an - gel band; 
With all of the blest I'll find sweet rest, At end-ing of the way I know; 

%m — m — m- 




^EeE£ 



^ 



pa. j l^ (_.. 



tC=tE 



y^^^tf 



-m- -m- -tm- -m- -m- 9m- 
U U 

Tho heav-y my load and rough the road, On Je-sus I shall e'er re - ly, 
So oft -en this life is filled with strife, So man -y things to make me sigh, 
I'm go - ing a - way some hap-py day, I'll bid this war-ring world good-by, 




I'm tru8t-ing in Thee to pi - lot me, 

I'm look-ing ahead there's naught to dread, The day of lib - er - a - tiou is nigh. 

While go-ing a-long I'll sing this song, 



m mm m m mm * 



!FHF 



r 



Chorus 







ff^f^^ 



Lord I know, dear Lord I know, I sure-ly know 

Lord I know, I know 






1 



± 



-=3- 



-X--3 



lrfvt~ 



The Day of Liberation is Nigh 



^^^^&mmm 



*=£ 



S£ 



B 



-T 



s^S»« 



that the day oi lib - er - a • tion is nigh, It won't be long, 

It won't 



m 



& 



-l-M-4 



£31 



1 >> » 



r rttti rrg- 



tfc=fc 



333 



£-^-+ 



£=& 



iM-frJ- 



^ 



h — h 



♦ ♦ ♦ > ' ■♦ ! 1 4 « J 

A-: A — A, — Ai-' — A — 9 



9— ±- 



notver-y loDg, Not ver - y long, I'll be moT-ing to that 

be long, Not long, 



m 



*--=Hy 



-f- — F— i — 



^— ff 



i 



-*— =i 



- f p4 | g- 



£ 



tf 



UtsSc 



-i*— i*- 



-■— F- 



nW IV 1 



w — 1« — m — m — 



tr-fchtr 



^ I U P 



^^^# 









1 A- A ' 



-* — »-F- 



rt=tt 



u 



r 



man-sion in the sky; take me home, Lord take me home, 

take me home, 

-»—* . ^ , , ^u PL 



gEgEg±gE1^3EgE^H 



£?¥ 




* 



--—i — ~ — a — a» — i — w — * I ~ a j ^ 



m^ 



■. — j ft — ft 



— ilk Ad «*-■ 1 ^ A — a^ 1 •= Ai L i" _, 

- I -«- -»- HBK -■- -«- -■- HH- -*■- -•- &m- *gj- 

Flease take me home, come and take me up to heav-en when I die, 
Take me home, 



iiiS 



i i i _ r r \ 



t mrf-rn g -rrrrrt 



iBi 






? 



^==i 



i" 



Swing low sweet char-i - ot, Swing way down low, 

Swing low sweet char - - i - ot.Swing low, 

Swinp way down low 




- ^ a i-m 



* 



ffla 



ra£ 



£=£=£ 



No. 125 Lord, Teach Me How To Pray 

Copyright, 1951, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
E. J>., Jr. in "Melodies of Joy" Ellis Short, Jr. 




-*- -at 

1. As we jour-ney thru this life, with its sin and its strife, There are 

2. There is guid-ing light for you in the heav-en - ly blue, If in 

3. On some won-drous morn-ing fair I'll be go - ing up there, With my 




tri • als all a • long the way; Peo - pie fail to nn • der-stand, 

faith yon lift your eyes each day; Don't for -get that God is there, 

Sav-ior and my friends to stay, Prais-ing thru e - ter - ni - ty, 

A ; -A» "A" tAc- " A ' ""*\ ^* 




nev - er of - fer a hand, But there's help for those who kneel and pray, 
al - ways an - swer-ing pray'er, If in hum-ble-ness you kneel and pray, 
from all sor- row made free, If while here I oft -en kneel and pray. 




Chorus 



tf 



m 



CUB |t 



=P=£ 



m 



tt=fc 



¥ 



.- J -nr'.t' : ff 



Teach me to pray, and what to pray for, 

Lord, teach me how to pray, and what to pray for, 



m 



£ ££££ 



iBE 



m 



h~ - 



t 



b u u 



itei 



r> r> r* 



i ., 



£=ft 



*tttt — » 



=r 



iCZ^J 



That I may do Thy will, do Thy will; 

That I may ev • er do Thy will; Give 

ft ft fefc ^ 



r^ 



1^=|=^3 



—i — 
f 



trtr 



X A A Ukl 



^=tC 




£-£ 



Lord, Teach Me How To Pray 



5 



Lfr-JUL^ 



fl 



Give me my needs, help me to use them 

me the things I need, and help me nse them For 



i — r 



1 



£EEt 



^££ 



±=t 



irzfr 



pw H. 



JV -JL- JVLfL-jL-fi— izJ EcfeEI 



- ^ -^ •■«— - 



-prr 



: ft^=s=? 



P«— &c 



*-s<- 



innr 



For Thee, help me my du • ty fol-fill; I would 

Thee, my du - ty to f ul - fill; I want to be a 



-L- — i X A. 



fr— | £ 



£ 



U D g H 



Lt*__i* 



u y * 



&-e-e- 



&-4tJUH-hr-E- =& 



*=£= 



-^ — >«t 



23 



^^tg 



T" 



" B fc) tf 

be a bless-ing to oth-ers, Help some soul find the 

bless - ing un - to oth - ers, And help some soul to find the 



EEEE 



t=t 






u u - u u u 



■fit- -I*- 
4= 



*= 



*= 



£ 



1=fc=fc 



1 



-**— K- 



nr 



■nnr 



y w 



1 — A-i A— A tjdk-s 



F ^ 



way; 



(TV f T p b b ? 

Keep me close to 

keep me close to Thee, yes, keep me 



3= 



•i 1 ? ..» '!_ • L ...' 



f 



LK- 




6=ft 



?*=£f 



■ F' 1 = — A — -W L A _ a . 1 1 



m& 



V 



=f 



Tf B 



Thee, keep me hum-ble, Teach me, teach me to pray, how to pray, 

hum - ble, Teach me, dear Sav-ior, how to pray. 

j — a — +— H 1 — -m- -m- •&- -P- 






± 2ir-b^r 



-r-r 



— i — i — 



:t=: 



£ 



r-fir 



ff r » 



as^a^s: 



ii 



No. 126 I Must .Sing It, Tell It Now 

Copyright, 1951, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
J. B. C. in "Melodies of Joy" J. B. Coats 

t*d==*== ■ 




£ 



te=J==£ 



«£-♦ — ♦ — ♦• — ♦ — ♦< ♦ -4- 



— H ^ \ . 

m- -h~. — m — ~ — m — ~ l 

-£■♦■ — ♦ — ♦ — ♦ — ♦> — ♦■ 



hU=^h 



1. Won-der - fal the love of Je - bus, from all fear the Spir-it frees ua, 

2. Now I have a won-drous sto - ry, tes - ti - fy - ing for Hisglo-ry, 






:t: 



t: 



4r_tr- 



k=b==£ 



*== 



-t=- 



r 



=t3=f=t2 



H 



r 



£ 






£==j===£: 



F=t 



r-J>- 



fefefc 



^^F^BBBa 



2: 



:*=irf 



€J 



In my soul the ho - Iy light does shine, glo - ryl While my sin - ful 
As I jour-ney on to heav -en's shore, glo - ry! Sin - ner, don't yon 

-4k- -A- -afc- -Jk." -afc- -I*- -Ar -atV- W «J V -A - -»fc- -»•«* -^- 

jfcr ,r? r— t=- 3-, , i^ r-. r- , - — _ * t- r- 1-- 




heart was breaking, He my guilt and shame was tak- ing , By His grace I'm 
want to know Him, and to oth - erB stray-ing show Him, Then with rap - ture 



l±=iz=±=trzJ=:Etz: 



_t r-^^i4 r_ 1- t" f -,3=4: 



$fcqzJLfc£ 



*=£=fe 



*= 



rvr^ 



r=f 



£ 



h Chorus 



1=1 



-»— 1 



=S=?=^=£=fr 



s— ♦- 



tf~& u y 

y 

saved and He is mine, He is mine. r Saved, I'm saved, 

praise Him ev - er - more, ev-er-more. Yes, I am saved, saved, 

? jM-I E £ t 



•flt. .)«. 



fel? 



:t=t: 



_tr- 



BS=E-E£ 



t — i— 



K Z~Z~~ z -^ 



;^^^S 



p^eh 



s 




it 



=n 



£==£=* 



% 



~P 



* 



f 1 



iMn 



fc= 



praise the Sav - ior, Sing, tell, 

praise the dear Lord, And I must sing it, tell it 



4=^ _-E -t=— -{z: 

§£-* — ^ — r — ~ — ^ — ** : 



--*- 




-■r ^tj^N=^ 



.Must _in_lt,TeUJtNow 

i i f J P* 



z_Eg 



E-t 



b5 _ _J^_-|v =^ 

ft» 1 V «— 



" & " 



f 



eing it, tell it now; Song of lova that rings, keeps ring-ing, 

now; I hare a song that tings in my heart, And 

ZZA_K_i.fZ__l_l.lS_- ^ j_ — ___f_|_ — _■_ « {— »i g j-T ^ 



tt* 



l- r -I- 



_ 



_=j_ 



rr 



L^_ 



*f— st 




=J 



l__^___3_ 



s_=_ 



f 1 



ai— X- 



-t" 



TZ 



I mnst sing it, 



tell, sing it, tell it now. 
tell it now. 




S 



My soul the glad theme ring-ing, my lips His prais-es sing-ing, 
In keeps 

P ■__ r-__ P ■__ P 

T -t_- -„- _- 



- N .M J-* J=* j* 



ig »fr I i 



-=1 *- 



-_ — _: 



„_ 



ft— -ft- 



£ 









! ~ ~ — a — r :__zz 
^ _ i — — I ■ 3 — I L _. ,_- 



-=*-£- 



W _ 



!, U 



Sweet sto-ry old, yet, ever new; Saved, I'm saved, 

Love's new; Yes, I am saved, saved, 



ggs 



__-_». 



E 



_, — 5.. 



-g-gr 



._ i_ 



___ 



zzES 



fc=sfc*=fr 



^_rz^— t^ p g__ ^ ;iJg ^ rfl 



S_^E|_=1 



p s± _fp 



F 



praise the Sav-ior, Sing, tell, sing it, tell it, too 

praise the dear Lord, And I mnst sing it, tell it, too. 



^£_E 



4=^ 






|g— t~*T*'1~" g 



iii_i 



{*=£ 



s — _« 



V — **- 



-I— *- 



^ 



n 



_■ 



ISo, 127 



He's Walking With Me 



Copyright, 1951, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
B. I. C. in "Melodies of Joy" B. LCHne 




tf. * 9 ** 



^S 



^ 



^ 



^=t 



l.I'mhap-py to-day as I press on to heav-en my home. 
2, I'm near-ing the por-tals of that home be-yond the blue sky . . 



•JL 




Con-fld-ing in -Him who leads the way I'll nev-er more roam , I'll nev-er more roam; 
I see the lights gleaming from those mansions waiting on high.no w waiting on high; 

" L L if -C- » ± A l» 

-»- -h — M — l-r — » — !■- 




Since Je-sns has saved me from all sin and set my soul free, and set my soul free; 
And when He shall call I know He'll guide me o-ver the sea, a-cross the dark sea; 

y . ft 




While trust-ing in His re-deem-ing love, He's walking with me 
With Je - bus my friend I'll have no fear, He's walking with me 



JUgte ^ -^ fb £ is J* JjJ J J J* 




He's walk-ing with me, . 
My bur-dens He'll bear, 



TTJttt? 



ads: 



-A- 



. . . He's talk-ing with me,ye9,He's talking with me, 
. . . each sorrow He'll share, ev'ry sor-row He'll share. 




He's Walking With Me 



fa 






Since the Savior came in , 
When np-on Him I call 



FtPhrf- 



I'm so hap-py and free; . . 
He will an-swer my prayer, . 






jasgg: 



;i 



r i.i- 



= JM£ = £ == J-k4» 



^ 



r* 



fr- 8 *-*- 



Pi 



-^ — ^j — 3»Z 



—i I — ~H 1- I- 1- 






1 



w-m- 



d d d * ■—£ -*< 



— tr-t? 

what a joy di - vine down in this heart of mine, 

From bond-age, I'm feel-ing 



IS 



■i -:iy 



a a a n — s- 



■A— A A 



£ 



■K— K— * — K 



J-— P»— *- 



1—1 — F 



-a- — y — 



^bg) u P U -tr-T-t ? 



I*- -Wk btk A 



r-tr 



y P l^ - P w \T~\T 




I will tell it 



Wher - ev-er I may roam on land or on sea; 



B b (7 U 



on land or on sea; 




From Him I'll nev-er roam, to my e - ter-nal home, 

I'll fol-Iow, He'll lead me 

A A A > i 



m 



A A A A A A— q %- 



££ 



fcfc 



r-i j : 1 



f^ r" ^ !♦ 



a y 



*H±tf 



n-hnnrt; 



trTnrTlrlrtr 



yS> 






^ 



*i 



^ 



1 



*=*■ 



^=^- 



% 



0"^T 



He's walk-ing with me, He's walk-ing with me. 

Praise the Lord, He's walk-ing with me. 






4*. £: £: $= *L *J 



-» — i» — w 



r^ 



m 



tr 



No. 128 



I Want a Home 



Copyright, 1951, by Stamps-Baxter Music £ Printing Co. 
J.L.A. in "Melodies of Joy" Joe L. Arterbury 




^-+i — fWfc — »£— M y *-— 3 — a] — a ! S 1 7 ^ J 



1.0 I want a home just o • ver yon-der, in that conn -try from 
2. Building now for me, a man-sion will be wait- ing, for I am 



br— ^ hs. 1 3 -fcc hr- 



H^-y=zfc=zjg- jx 



^1=^ 



rrr 



Hlf-t ==#=# 



W=&~- 



*■ a p > 



S=l 




-■- HB H- P-«- 

Bin and sor - row free, Where the Savior's reign-ing, and the saints shall 
trust-ing sav - ing love, When my la - bor here is o - ver, I'll be 

-ft- 



l^ ^^f^fH Nr^r^^^ 



*-fr 




^r^^^^^g 



zivv^? y 



izfcct 



all be -hold His dear face, look on His dear face; Yes, I want to meet my 
go • ing up to my home, my bean-ti-ful home; Sin-ner, why not trust the 



^ F^=F=^ Ey=fegEfefcfc£ j: [^ 






tefefe^ 



h i> 1 



** — A/ — *f — AHrd- 1 -! — afti — A — *l — *l — +i 




friends and pre-cious loved ones, and be with them e - ter - nal-ly, Singing hap- py 
lov - ing Sav-ior now, and let Him lead yon to heav'n a-bove, There to live for* 



^ ^£ j ^ feja^^ btJU^ ^ 



k#=3tt=$=tt=Jtt 



-p— » 



±z=t= 



-W-L^ 



& i ^ r s 5 rt 




fe£=Eifcfcifc£a 



S^f^ 



STm" 



Bongs to Je - bus, and with joy ex - tol • ling His grace, His won-derful grace, 
ev - er, nev - er more in Bin and tor - row to roam, we nev-er shall roam. 

, Mj HP i 

r~r* — * — ■« — W 3 -'"' — *n 



£=E ££j^=e=E E£=SBg 



ir- b -tf-b-^ i FHH-g 



m 



Chobtts 



UHOWJS ^ K l 



I Want a Home 



i > g fr— i f — 5 



^ =jM 



at 



££* 



•♦ I* * * P!> ]• ♦ 



•^ "W~ 



^ 



Yes, I want a home, where no part • inga 

Home, yea, I want a borne, 



r^ — m- 



£=s 



M — ft. 



js b jsz zfr 



fc b* 8J ff 



£ 



Mt-H 



y=*f 



rr^ 



y P b v p p i -5- -5- -#■ -af 



tome, 



home, where partings nev-er come, 

-A- _ -A- J*- -■- -*£ 

- t~ i f f t~ T 



Where we'll live with Je - bus and the saint-ed 



: l— k— 



m-j&zx^ 



^ . * *- 



y — y- 



■nrtrtr 



i — b — Wr-V -tirl ri t-it 



ix — hz — hs- — \r — t* — h* — 



- m m 3 -m — *-. 



th& 



— J— ♦ m -A — 



*=M 



+—^ : 



Z Z 1 1 5 r 



loved ones gone on be - fore; What a hap - py 

friends gone on be - fore; 




F=*=g=£=F a 



y u 

day, when I jly a - way, 

Day, what a bap - py day, I'll with an-gels fly a - way, 



-F— *- 



-(*—/* 



assrc — n — ~ — I n — I n — ~ — s-r^ — *= — *= — I • < *=— ■ 



^^r^^^fert 



Hi 



^r-^- 1 -^— -^~— s: 



rrwr 

shore. 

the heav-en-ly Bho 

^j^ rJ ^^ -^-r^ rr ~ * * f , J J J J Jj 



Tea, I want a home just o-ver yonder on the beautiful shore. 

the heav-en-ly shore. 



i 



p i b * 



No. 129 



Go To Christ In Prayer 

Copyright, 1951, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
E. S., Jr. in "Melodies of Joy" Ellis Short, Jr. 

f» ft ft v. ft js_ _^_ __,n ,n . rs 




ft ft ft ^^ r 



h=^==^ 



a=a^^^ 



m 



# 



-=^- 



1. In this world of sin and sor-row, when the cross is hard to bear, 

2. If when life on earth is o - ver, you would hear the words, Well done, 

3. Brother, if you're sad and lone-ly, have no place to call your home, Just 




b— g U ' H 1 1 1 F 



^=3 



|gl >=js=j g=p=js: 



II I 



£=£: 



WW F 



b=t: 



-*>. ^_ 



i 



zftzzfr 



y y 
ft 



3 



?fefe= 



£fcfcil 



W> 



«1— =J- 



it=fe 



< . 1 1 >—] 



it 



=1— *- 



Just go, yes, just go to Christ in prayer; Tho the friends yon 

If you'd be re- 
go to Christ in prayer, be-liev - ing; If you're seek-ing 

" ftl"*«« ft« ft ft ft ft ft ft -A- 

J W *1 1 «* 1 «i _ d m -«- -■ - g q y 



?C 



ac 



F=£ 



:t= 



r 



p^-h- 



-V 1 h- L ) 



M=^=#> 



-4^-4- 



S=Si-=^^ 



-:q=q=q: 



^fe 



_^j u — ii— ^ 



*J 



Just go, 



trust - ed leave you, and no one your load will share, 
ceived in heav - en, there to wear a shin - ing crown, 
for the ci - ty from which none shall ev - er roam, Just go to 



t: 



h - t t 



idtzdazza: 



a 



1 . . [■••■ 



-b h #• 



^=tw 



tt 



CHORUS ft 



A l *t-L^ — 5 — 3 — * — ■-*■ 



trf 



J- 



*> 9 9 - 



■=1— ♦ — «•- 



f*S 



U V u 

yes, jnst go to Christ in prayer. Just look to Him, as your 

Christ in prayer. Jnst look to Him, as 



m 



ji^jjjj>-j 



f 6 



=i— «- 



q-ps 



t=e 



czzpz 



£ 



* j K3pK 



£ 




1 



da. 



5=5 



^_l«_F-» 



[TTrE E ■" c f f t [TT 



y y y 
ref • nge, He will not fail; 

your ref-uge, your ref -nge, He'll keep you.He'U not fail, He'll nev-er fail; 



Go To Christ In Prayer 



— ■"■ •— 1 1 1 1 1 — p ♦( ♦! ■« — 1 H — ' 



Tho dark the way seems be - lore yon, be-fore you, 
Tho dark the way seems be - fore yon, 




r=t- 



F 



,N ,* 



^hJ-V 



at 






■ s 1— !♦—♦—♦- 



* * ** " ■ — u y u 

The Sav-ior will pre -vail, He will pre- vail; In all your trou • 
He will pre - vail; In trou-bles 



JJ^^JJJJJJ 



££ 



fcfc 



EEfc 



-<S>- 



j3=*= 



•M*. 



-?—?=*£ 



fc^d= hJ 



F± 



3 



■3 — ♦ — I* — 1» <y - 



17 



■=i-p«- 



-F-^ 1 



f 



1 ** 



bles and heart - aches, He's al - ways 

pain, and in heartaches, your heartaches, In mer-cy He is 



^E 



£=£=£ 



-#— r« r * 



^t- ■(*_-!«- 



:t=t==t===t= 



_a — a — a — a 



t=Z 



i P i * : 



aj— * 



F-5 



fee* I* u u- 



F y ¥ 



V \) u 




fi- r» n n =a 



T> 



e 



■^ — *- 



-=i-^- 



^ i ^ *i ^ 



~* l M — 2P 



J E S - 



y u u v y 

there; Just look to Him, as your ref-nge, 

there, He's al-ways there; Just look to Him, as your ref 



m 



g i x 



■J-J.-A-A-P.. JJJ 



ftu r ft 



mr 



£ 



H*— <*- 



-y— P- 



-P— *- 



1r-rr 



TLi 'f 



pB ^ ^s ^^ ^^^^Mm 



sure ref-nge, In hum-ble prayer, just go to Him in prayer, 
uge, In hum - ble prayer. 



55 



r ~~t 



P J» J\ J! 



r 






5=£ 



S 



;p . 



No. 130 



Praise the King 



Copyright* 1949, by Stamps-Baxter Mualc & Printing Co* 
W.T. in "Boundless Love" Wesley Tucker 




1. The Lord is call-ing for as 

2. We'll soon go sail- ing to oar 

"J 1 



to fol-low Him, He of-fers 
heav - en • ly home, Where comes no 




par- don, 
sor- row, 

4=- 



mer - cy, 
no sin, 



mak-ing the joy bells ring; A crown of 
'death hav-ing lost his sting; We'll live for- 



ci^ku. » b «*>' 



£^J. 



H t h — t i i -r— 



S 



£=£ 



U— U tr~tg 



tr-tr 





j *jgSffi#f M ft !l Jfl 




glo-ry He gives to one and all Who hum-bly praise Him, 

ev - er , hap - py in glo • ry land, With rap- ture praise Him , 




Bav-ior, 
Sav-ior,. 



King, the Lord and King. Sail -ing to oar 

King, our Lord and King. We shall go sail • ing to oar 



j^JU I . . 




long, not be 
home, We know 'twill not be ver • y long; 



ev - er-last - ing home, 



2JJAJU 



g 



£ 



J EE 



¥^ 



» r> r> r » 



Praise the King 

— A ft JL e 



WM<H JW h W 



ttafe 



s 



=»-*- 



W^ a hJ gj J 



> •> ^ 



->*.— *i — ■ 



mb=x 



— p— 5r-p 

ver • y long; When the Lord shall call, we shall fly a-waj, 

When He shall call, we'll fly a-way, 

J J J . _ . 

_ -I X — HI 



l, wo ii ujf o-woy, 

j j j j jg_* " , : ,y jj^ 



^i 



1 



pss3; CITftf^ 



Trtr 



5 



n. r>. n J * 



gii 



a i x 



35 



^_=q_ 



J ' mrfSbH 



^5— S- 



Conn - try free from ev-'ry grief and wrong; 
In • to the conn - try free from wrong; While here we'll 



if^Efe 



S 



i^^ -Ogp 



■=»— X- 



uh_q _ fa m -J J ■ - m- 



=£ 



B 



-=l X " P 



-•I— » 



rywr=f 



Hon - or His great name, His ho -ly name, Good news 

hon -or His great name, Sal-va-tion's good news 



^HNy^f^ ^ 



§ 



-*— x — -=*-£ 



=H^ 



A_L 



KTT^-, | g|g ag|g§g j|lg| ||gg i x 



f p r m 



--u 



we will sing, the good news sing, Sail a-way home, 

we will sing, And when we where death and 



^^ 



atiKii» 



Ml 



-S f. I I I I I - .. I 






±=t 



^-X -t 



1 PC^ 



"C B C 6 E- 



g g ST 



mMJ^^^m m 



&M 



i 



£*d2s: 



C ETC C 

King. 

our Lord and King. 



sin can-not come, Praise Him, Savior, 

With saints we'll 



fct 



s 



£g£f^ gr£g ==j 



jr-pr - 



^PM* 



F^^f 






No. 131 



I'm In the Glory Way 



Copyright, 1948, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
K.F. in "Glory Waves" Kenneth Fulkerson 




3s£j£3 



m$mm 



ii 



1. Long I had wandered, tal - ents I squandered, grop-ing in dark-est nigbt, 

2. Lis - ten my brot'a-er, there is no oth - er way to reach glo-ry land.- 




tt- 



~innr 






&^ 



-^ — A — 44 



But Je-sus came in (But Je-sus) to(camein-to) stay; Spoke to me 

Let Je-sus come in (Let Je -sus) to(comein-to) stay; Hum-bly con 



B=r 




m 



*-*r 



-m — m- 



■W— m — IE 



-=!-f 



£=E 



h 



M*&=&=±±± 



S-|w 



2e£H 



iX 



<* — K — p- 



^ 



S—*—**—W—d 



^-^ — *- 



^^ 



sweet-ly, pardoned com-plete-ly, blot-ted my sin from sight, Now happy am 
fess-ing, seek-ing His blessing, ev - er He'll understand, So hap-py to 

r » * 1 X i — 



c c %&=$=m 



*^p? 



«* 



-y— y- 



b b I; I; b 



Chorus ^ 




I (I'm walking) in (the glo - ry) way ,the glory way. 
walk (Be walking) in (the glo - ry)way,the glory way. 



I walk 



J^- 



^ 



I'm walking, 



P 



# 



the way. 




yes.walkmg, I'm walking ev'ry day, 



The blessed e • ter-nal 
each day, " The glo - - - ry 



p 



Pm In the Glory Way 

!*> ft h hr 



Z Z b b Z 



t= — ^- JiX -|-o — a 1 — i— m — m 1 1 1— I 



way, And now my burdens are lift-ed, clouds a - bove rift - ed, 

way, the glo-ry way, 




"Kb b 



E*>> 



ig 



^fefe 



i££=3=3 



S 



:P=?V 



:2=^ 



^ 



s y^ j 






«-*- 



brightly the son shines thru, 

fromheav • en, 



vanish, sorrow to banish, 

A _ 1* 



rfrrrm? 






tefe£ 



P|$=Bp33Eapa*p 



3t3t 



^l^H 



lights the way to guide me too; I want to be ready andoth-era 

too; I want to tell 



aMJjUjj-, ,1 Mk*=MM**MM 




S5 



ey-er tell How Jesus comes in to dwell, Marvelous grace came in my heart, 



gsfe 



■FF F fF 1 ^ ^ - 



H* 



4= 



H^ g 



g U P u tc tc 



bl b 




^^Yfrc^ 



won-der-ful blessings did impart, For I'm in the glo-ry way. 



glory way. 



No. 132 Just for You and Pfe 

Copyrignt, 1945, by Stamps -Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 

in "Humble Hearts" Floyd E. Hunter 




1. Je - sua Christ the Sav-ior came from heav-en'» glo - ry To redeem poor 

2. On the rug - ged cross they cru - ci - tied the Sav-ior, There between two 

3. Je - sus o - pened up the way that leads to heav-en,When He died up- 



Efcl 



«±fcqt=fc 



■r^f 



m 



3fc 



E > »» » 



PnrF 



'%i\j "B-b— & i i tt 



£ 



3*£ 



4M- 



P=fc 




m 



-M~te 



-3-* 



^ af— *|. aI -al- 



fall - en man, Gave His life that we might sing and tell the sto - ry 

thieves one day, Suf-fered ag - o - ny to do for us a fav-or, 

on the cross , For the vil • est sin - ner His own life has giv - en, 




Of His sav- ing plan; On the cru - el cross of Calv-'ry 

Such a price did pay; With a bro -ken heart He prayed un- 

Bore much pain and loss, we love Him; Sin - ner, won't you come and join us 

Jk__fc> fc*. £ IS! ~ MS-- - "■ !* 



W?^ 



gimEgm 



^m 



£ 



^^M 



m- 



UJ.J 



£==§= 



Thr#- 



3=£=> 



how He suf-fered, Shed His pre-cious blood so 
to the Fa* ther, Lis * ten to His ten- der 
on our jour-ney, That E - ly - sian land to 



: 5f* : 



free, He conquered 

plea , How they scoffed and 

see, Thereto share the 



^ta^^^^Mg 



rnctrr. 




death a - ris - ing from the grave, 
mocked till Je-sus Christ was dead, 
home that Christ the Sav-ior built, Just for you 



r r r- 

Just for you and me. 



and 



e - ven me. 



mm 



B^ HEfeft=S 



V V -J IJj J 



^"^"HfT^ f. -** 



1 



oust for You and Me 



caorua 




£fegg 



i J SJ ^ 



1 



5^; 



a± 



:s£ 



On the cross OurSav - ior died, They nailed Hia 

On the cross, mg-ged cross, Savior died, bled and died, Nailed His hands, 

- » «. -r-^-f- *_*_» — ~* ». - — . « « 



g I t It „ 



m^£ 



£ 



g-HfMM 



r=FF 



M'~'J ^R-j-j dH 



i 



^^ 



77- 



v» "a) s» 



f^T^^PS 1 



rrr-* 



hands, And they pierced His blessed side; what love, 

precious hands, Pierced His bless-ed side; What love, what 



•m- -m- •*- fv -F- -*- ^ -*- •#- ■*■»- 




s 



j j j«i«i j ii 



D.S. 



^ 



«-^s 



r>J-r F [ r r^r 



at a ri > 



boundless love, There on dark Cal-va-ry, When our Lord Je- bus died, 

love, On dark Cal-va - ry, When Je > bus died, 

rr~r * , J J «l * , J J J 



rrr = 1 f f 



ms 






Mr— r II 



^ 



fc*: 



£ 



No. 133 



My Theme is Jesus 



Copyright, 1948, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
Pauline Pridmore ^ in "Glory Waves" Wm. W. Benson 

n 




1. My theme is al - ways Je • sua, 

2. He died up - on the hill - side, 

3. He gives me won-drous bless - ings, 




1 love Him more each day; 
To save us all from Bin; 
He sends them o'er and o'er; 



E^E 



3± 



m 



p 



D.C. — My theme is al - ways Je - bus, 




The same wher-e'er I go; 

ft D. C for Choeus 



£=t 



Si 



=t 



* 



£=s 



3L _S_ — » " 



I nev - er can re - pay. 
, And bids ns en - ter in. 
And love Him more and more. 



HFs done so ver - y much for me, 

He o - pened heav-en's por - tals wide 

I . want to serve Him bet - ter here, 



m 



toB 



afc 



S^ 



I 



-A- -A 



^r-^- r-^t^= ^— \—^df ^ 



— u — i — v 

I want to tell the world of Him Be-cause I love Him bo. 



No. 134 Don't bet Your Trouble Steal Your Grown 

Copyright, 1940, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ftg. Co. 
J. R. Baxter, Jr. in "Golden Key" 

Sug. Mre. Ira Huddleston ^ ^ .. J- A. Collier 




1. Don't build your house on sinking sand, In storm of strife 

2. What if your sky is o-ver cast, h 00 ^ U P an( * P ra 7 

3. Think of the Christ who died for you That you might live. . . . 



P 



m 



mm 



p^ 



e » K U i i 



R 



w 



cnnr 



^^U^U^t^&^ 



it can*not stand; Trust on and hope lest you should drown,. 

till storms are past; Tho trusted friends may turn you down, . . 

with all the true; Tho oft you meet an an - gry frown, . 



E^ff^^r^^^^^ 



I J' J J | 



/? V Chorus 



3^ 



sg 



^^3 



|i X- 



t 1 ' " "! ! g C D g 



Don't let your trou - -ble steal your crown. 

Don 't let your trouble your glo-ry crown . Don't let your 



t*-» i-ffTflTEf ^ 



j^JJa j 



g^ 



ft 



r^ 



^1 



h M h^ h 



a y jJ %» 



SSI 



=pgj i i( i 



-*«—»- 



^ * -3 



Don't let trou - ble steal your crown, Lay your bur-den down, 

trou - ble steal your crown, You soon may lay your burden down, 



5£ 



^ 



*— £- 



£3 



£^£ 



S_ZjE 



tr-tr 




^ 



=^TL 



SS 



■j j j j 



i » ^c c d d •■ * T e c i r 



Like Job trust God un-to the end, He is your 

Like Job trust God nn - to the end, 

gg-g 



■*— *- 



P— P~ t ? 



-3— S- 



^£i£ 



1 X 



Don't Let Your Trouble Steal Your Grown 






r~r-^r 



r 



help-er and your friend; _ Sor- row here may press you sore, 

tru-est friend ;Tho Borrow here may press you sore, 



-r^F 



J J--*- - s. •J*i-J\J 



-g-g 



^n^Pi-*r 



mm 



\ 



m 



rrrn 



fefe? 



r-^g g ^ L ' 



7 






3t=~: 



3tr 



1 N» 



nrrr 



§ 



Think what Je-sus bore, Turn not a -way, 
Just think what Je-sus for you bore, Turn not a - way, 



-=*— *- 



B 



M </ ( » 



-A- -A- -A- -;A- 



1 i 1 =-i l> L> 6 



^^ 



AjiJrJ=J-»te 



£ 



iS 



B 



* 



ES 



P* 



C g P D g 



1TTT 

look up and pray, Don't let your trouble steal your crown. 

look up and pray, your glo - ry crown. 






^ 



-/■ 



1 






IEEBEBE& 



^ 



No. 135 Yonder 

Copyright, 1940, by Stamps-Baxter MtlSic and Ptg. Co. : 
C.W.C. in "Golden Key" Charles W. Combs 



5SS3 






9 



1. Ton-der in the skies my home I see, Yonder par-a - dise beckons to me. 

2. Ton-der , past the tomb, all life is free, Yonder flowers bloom e - ter - nal-ly . 

3. Yon-der is the strand of mercy's stream, Yonder is the land of joy supreme 

4. Ton-der, He will give a home on high, Tonder I shall live and nev -er die. 



mrfjjpfnm ^l ^pp j f |^^ 



Chorus 




Yon-der, up yonder, some day I'll roam, Yonder, up yon-der, in my new home. 

^J **vfc- i*-^-**- T^- •*— ~^-l -h- a«> >-- -(♦- -? 1 -^ -(&- 



££ 



Tt"far 



fr 






«---£- 



1= 



* 



i 



1 



No. 136 The Gospel Highway 

Copyright, 1§43* by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
J. M. McRoy in "Chords of Love" Wayne M. Garrison 



S—9 — <r — 4 ^ _J_ •- X M — "J — <* — ^-Ji' +S- 



tesfes 



-A 



3 



IS 



1. Get on the gos-pel high-way that leads to heav'n a-bove, "lis now yon 

2. Each one will have some tri - alg a - long this pil - grim way , But when we're 

3. Get on the gos-pel high-way, it leads to home on high, To life that 



p r ■ » g y [ ■ ■ ■ bi 

I? |? \ F r^ ^ ^ 



£l ?T 



H 1L * 



^ 



J J J J J 



& 



« 



i 



a 



& 



3 



:- a! aI 



53=* 



must make read - y, so heed the Sav-ior's love; The Lord, someday will 
trav- 'ling homeward, the Lord will guide each day; No oth - er one can 
is e - ter-nal, the gold -en by and by; No long-er walk in 



m 



. - £- if A ^t-iA 

-H= F= — h H- 1 — 



: — i f " * a * 

P F p g I? 



i=£ 



• w u 



f=f 



D.S. — He walks with all who 



p ^^j=^^ ^^^ 



E& 



call us, we know not when 'twill be, Get on the gos-pel high-way 
help yon, not man - y seem to care, But Christ,who died to save you, 
by - ways, they lead to end - less woe, Get on the x gos - pel high-way, 

* P , Tf IT If IT J * 



5 ■ ■ fe 

** fe fcc -fc*- 



1 



£ 



£ 



Be 



f 



■v- 



-y- 



g h p 1 ^ b ? 



trust Him, and keeps us on the way, Get on the gos - pel high-way 
Fine Choeus 






and trav - el home with me. 

will hear your hum-ble prayer. Get on the gos-pel high-way, no long - er 

with me to heav-en go. 

^.f 1 r ^ -r-r-JVs- *--*-*• J* -f , S A 



N ^ m - t ^i^ 



« 



t 



£ 



£ 



that leads to end-less day. 



id]- ly roam. leave the Daths of dark-nesB. the Sav-jor bids von come: 



id]- ly roam, leave the paths of dark-ness, the Sav>|ior bids yon come; 



m^ 



, r^E-lfq f if Jj Tf jJY 



r r r i = 
v v r r 



31 



I 



INDEX 




A Home Is Waiting Me 
Accept God's Plan 

After Awhile _. 

Amazing Grace 

Anchored In His Love 

And I'mSo Glad 

Beautiful, Wonderful Heaven 
Beyond Life's Sunset 
Beyond the Golden Hills 
Camping in Beulah Land 

Christ Came Seeking 

Don't Forget Me 

Don't Let Your Troubles Steal 

Don't You Hear the Invitation? 51 

Down In the Valley With Him 47 

Dreaming 83 

Free From the Cares of Life 73 

Give the Lord His Place 94 

Go To Christ In Prayer .129 

God is Love _.....100 

God Shall Wipe Away All Tears „. 18 

Happy In the Service 1 

He Knows 83 

He Put a Ray Of Sunshine In My....l08 
He Reaches Out His Hand to Me.... 45 
He Understands and Cares For Me. 95 

He'll Lead Me On 32 

He's Walking With Me 127 

Hide Me In the Rock of Ages 89 



Way 



3 

.105 
37 
..109 
. 40 
.107 
. 6 



His Blessed Name 

[Holy 

.'Holy, To My Lord 
How I Love Him ... 

jHurry Up Reapers _ 

SI am His I Know __ 

U Am Now a Child of God 

kl Am Walking With My Savior 113 

g Heard the Savior Calling 121 

Fl Mean to Go There _ 12 

I Must Sing It, Tell It Now 126 

"I Want a Home 128 

> I Want to be Of Service , 115 

I Want to Hear Him Say, Well 98 

■ Will Never Doubt Him ...„ _ 67 

kl Will Sing of My Redeemer „„ 114 

j I'll Travel On ; 21 

|.I'm Bound for That Land 00 

J I'm a Gonna Sail _ 68 

f. I'm Glad That Jesus Came 22 

rl'm Going Home Tomorrow 33 

tl'm Gonna Shake His Hand 118 

; ,I'm Happy Each Day 91 

■m Happy Serving Jesus ..... 54 

j I'm In the Glory Way _ ...131 

Jj'm Moving Along On the Road 119 

BTm Riding On a Glory Bound Plane 10 

Sin Memory 106 

fin My New Home 24 

Bis It True, What They Say? 35 

Ht Can't Be Very Long _ 69 

It Will Be Glory 74 

Jilt Won't be Very Long _ 104 

■I've Heard Of Heaven _ _ 31 

jfjesus Came Down, Sorrow to Share 90 

: Jeaus Gave His Life for Me 17 

gJesus Is Coming Again _ 23 

>' Jesus Is Listening When You Pray 55 

Jesus is Mine __123 

' Jesus Keeps a Song Ringing JL12 



of Joy) 

Jesus Leads the 
Jesus Saved Me 
Jesus, the Only One 
Jordan is Calling 



57 

61 

...110 

....133 

_ 60 

.._ 30 

59 

64 



Just for You and Me 
Let Me Ride 
Like a Flood Of Light 
Look Unto Him 
Lord, Guide Us 

Lord, I Wanna Be Ready „.„ 41 

Lord, Teach Me How To Pray 126 

Mansions Over the Hilltop 27 

Melodies Of Praise JL02 

More Like Thee 13 

My Happy Song 16 

My Prayer 99 

My Savior Leads the Way 19 

My Theme Is Jesus 133 

No Changes In Heaven 76 

Not Far, Not Far! 2 

Now I Face the Setting Sun 111 

Old Daniel Prayed - 72 

O Lord, Remember Me _______.. 66 



Over In the Glory Land 
Praise the King 

Remember Me 

Revive Us Again 

Rock of Ages 

Saved By the Blood 

Saving Grace 

Somebody Cares 

Spend a Moment With Jesus 

Take it to Christ 

The Blood has Set Me Free 
The Comforter Abides 



...1-A 
...130 
14 
71 
75 
46 
34 
80 
20 
11 
79 
29 




..120 
53 



The Day Of Liberation is Nigh 124 

The Fadeless Ray 

The Gospel Highway 

The Green Hillside ... 

The Heavenly Train . 

The Longer I Live the More I 

The Rock 

The Savior Died On Calvary 

The Singing Is Just Begun •„ 

The Truths Of Long Ago 

There Is Cleansing In the Blood for 78 

There'll Be Peace In the Valley . 60 

Tune in On Heaven 56 

Walking the Glory Land Way 86 

Walking With My King 5 

We Are Glad To Sing 96 

We Praise Thee ..._ 101 

.. 28 
8 
&7 
63 
4 
43 
70 

es 



We Walk Together 

We'll Understand It 

What Could I Do Without Jesus?™ 

What Do the Flowers Say? . 

What of Your Shadow? 

When God's Singers Are Gathered™. 

When I Take Time To Pray_ 

When My Savior Comes . ^ 

When the Clouds Roll By __. 15 

When We Sing Around the Throne 92 

Where Could I Go? 103 

Whisper My Name In Prayer 7 

With Joy I Praise His Love 9 

With Joy I Sing He Is my King 62 

Wonderful Visions „.«____«_... 77 

Yonder , >__„13S 

You've Got to Walk That Lonesome 88